1This file contains a CVS FAQ. Until 1995 it was maintained by David 2Grubbs. It was out of date and not being maintained, but it had a 3certain following and in 1997 Pascal Molli decided to start 4maintaining it with the FAQ-O-Matic package which allows any 5contributor with a web browser to help maintain it. The following 6text is (mostly automatically) extracted from the FAQ-O-Matic. The 7odds are good that the file that you are currently reading is out of 8date with respect to the online FAQ-O-Matic, which is part of Pascal 9Molli's CVS web site at http://www.loria.fr/~molli/cvs-index.html 10(currently under "Documentation"). The online version is also 11somewhat better in terms of things like tables of contents (at least 12until someone can write some code to extract data from a FAQ-O-Matic 13and insert things like tables of contents). 14 15The answers which are dated "6/13/1997" below are really from the 1995 16FAQ, for the most part. Many of them are out of date. If you have 17some time, you are encouraged to double-check them against other 18sources like the Cederqvist manual and update the FAQ. If you don't 19have such time, take them with a grain of salt or a few. 20 21Since Feb. 2000 CVS is being maintained by OpenAvenue, Inc. and many of 22the existing resources have been centeralized on http://www.cvshome.org. 23 24 Category: /, all questions 25 26 Category: / 27 28 " [INLINE] " 29 30 1. About FAQ-O-Matic 31 32This is FAQ-O-Matic, a quick-and-dirty Perl hack (aren't they all?) by 33Jon Howell. 34 35It seems like most FAQ maintainers make a valiant initial effort, then get 36a life and don't have time to keep their FAQs up to date. Also, I often 37find out a solution to a problem, and feel like I could write a single 38FAQ answer on it in a few minutes, but where to post it? 39 40Thus the FAQ-O-Matic was born. FAQ-O-Matic is a couple sleazy Perl scripts 41that allow people to submit FAQ answers to this database, so it can stay 42current, with just a tiny bit of work on any one person's part. 43 44Yes, a bad guy could come along and wipe out all the FAQ entries. Please don't. 45But to give the good guys some measure of comfort, each submission is stored 46in an RCS file, so if someone does tamper, we can recover the database. 47 48Guidelines for submissions: 49 501. Please _try to be fairly unbiased in matters of opinion._ Mailing lists are 51the place to start flame wars (just kidding :v), but definitely not here. 52 532. Please _use HTML only conservatively_ in your entries. Links are appropriate 54, 55but put the URL in the plaintext also so it's useable on printed versions of 56the FAQ. Inline images pointing off this site are inappropriate, as is much 57fancy formatting. This is meant to be bandwidth-light and dumb-browser-friendly 58. 59 603. If you feel there's a place for a _new category, or a reorganization of 61existing questions_, don't hesitate to mail me (molli@loria.fr). 62Category changes need to be done from my end. 63 644. Please _leave an email address_ at the bottom of your submission so that oth 65ers 66can drop you a note. 67 685. _If you only have a question_, not an answer, you should probably post 69it to a mailing list, not here. If there are frequently asked questions to whic 70h 71the answer is not forthcoming on mailing lists (or perhaps there's no 72useful answer yet other than "no one knows"), then it's appropriate to 73post here, in hopes that someone will see it and know the answer. 74 756. Please refrain from crude or inconsiderate language. Please don't use 76this as a forum for advertising. However, mention of worthy commercial 77products is certainly appropriate (even if you sell said product). Just 78don't overdo it. :v) 79 80 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 81 82 2. Adding a new category ? 83 84just send me a mail at 85molli@loria.fr 86 87 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 88 89 Category: /Advanced_Topics_/ 90 91 " Advanced Topics " 92 93 Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Branching_and_Mergin/ 94 95 " + Branching and Merging" 96 97 1. What is a branch? 98 99 Unfortunately, the word "branch" is an overloaded technical 100 term. It is used in too many different ways in three 101 categories. It might help to understand some of the issues by 102 going through the categories: 103 104 How Humans use the word "branch": 105 106 Most development starts with everyone working on the same 107 software, making changes and heading toward a single goal. This 108 is called something like "Main Line Development". Note that 109 though many people do main line development on CVS's "Main 110 Branch", that is a choice, not a requirement. 111 112 After a release or when one or more developers want to go off 113 and work on some project for a while, the Software Engineers 114 assigned to deal with large software issues generate a "Branch 115 in Development" to support the release or project. (Keep in 116 mind that a programmer is no more a Software Engineer than a 117 carpenter is a Civil Engineer.) 118 119 Essentially, the word "branch" implies a way to allow 120 simultaneous development on the same files by multiple people. 121 122 The above terms are human-oriented. They refer to actions that 123 people would like to take. They do *not* imply any particular 124 implementation or set of procedures. Branches in development 125 can be supported in many different ways. 126 127 How CVS uses the word "branch": 128 129 CVS uses the word "branch" in a number of ways. The two most 130 important are: 131 132 - The vendor branch holds releases from (normally) an outside 133 software vendor. It is implemented using a specific RCS branch 134 (i.e. 1.1.1). 135 136 - The "Main Branch", which normally holds your "Main Line 137 Development", but is defined as the collection of revisions you 138 get when you "checkout" something fresh, or when you use the 139 '-A' option to "update". 140 141 Important Note: The CVS "Main Branch" is *not* the same as the 142 RCS concept with the same name. If you are using Vendor 143 Branches, files you have never changed are on three branches at 144 the same time: 145 146 - The RCS 1.1.1 branch. 147 - The CVS Vendor branch. 148 - The CVS "Main Branch". 149 150 The concepts overlap, but they are not equivalent. 151 152 In referring to CVS, "branch" can be used in four other ways: 153 154 - A CVS working directory satisfies the definition of "branch" 155 for a single developer -- you are on a private "virtual branch" 156 that does not appear in any of the RCS files or the CVS control 157 files. 158 159 - The CVS "default branch" is the Repository source for the 160 collection of files in your working directory. It is *not* the 161 same as the RCS "default branch". Normally the CVS default 162 branch is the same as the CVS Main branch. If you use the "-r 163 <branch_tag>" option to the "checkout" command, you will record 164 a "sticky" tag that changes your default branch to the one you 165 checked out. 166 167 - A "magic" branch can be a branch that hasn't happened yet. It 168 is implemented by a special tag you can check out that is not 169 attached to a real RCS branch. When you commit a file to a 170 magic branch, the branch becomes real (i.e. a physical RCS 171 branch). 172 173 - And, of course, CVS uses "branch" to indicate a 174 human-oriented "branch in development". 175 176 How RCS uses the word "branch": 177 178 - The RCS "Main Branch" (Synonym: "The Trunk") contains a 179 series of two-part revision numbers separated by a single '.' 180 (e.g. 1.2). It is treated specially and is the initial default 181 branch. (The default default?) 182 183 - The RCS "Default" branch starts out attached to the RCS "Main 184 Branch". For RCS purposes, it can be changed to point to any 185 branch. Within CVS, you *must*not* alter the RCS default 186 branch. It is used to support the CVS idea of a "Main Branch" 187 and it must either point to the RCS Main Branch, or the Vendor 188 Branch (1.1.1) if you haven't made any changes to the file 189 since you executed "import". 190 191 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 192 193 2. Why (or when) would I want to create a branch? 194 195 Remember that you can think of your working directory as a "branch for 196 one". You can consider yourself to be on a branch all the time because 197 you can work without interfering with others until your project (big 198 or small) is done. 199 200 The four major situations when you should create a branch: 201 202 When you expect to take a long time or make a large set of changes 203 that the merging process will be difficult. Both "long" and "large" 204 are defined in your own environment. 205 206 When you want to be able to "commit" and "tag" your work repeatedly 207 without affecting others. 208 209 If you ever think you need Source Control for your own work, but don't 210 want your changes to affect others, create a private branch. (Put your 211 username in the branch tag, to make it obvious that it is private.) 212 213 When you need to share code among a group of developers, but not the 214 whole development organization working on the files. 215 216 Rather than trying to share a working directory, you can move onto a 217 branch and share your work with others by "committing" your work onto 218 the branch. Developers not working on the branch won't see your work 219 unless they switch to your branch or explicitly merge your branch into 220 theirs. 221 222 When you need to make minor changes to a released system. 223 224 Normally a "release" is labeled by a branch tag, allowing later work 225 on the released files. If the release is labeled by a non-branch tag, 226 it is easy to add a branch tag to a previously tagged module with the 227 "rtag" command. If the release is not tagged, you made a mistake. 228 Recovery requires identifying all revisions involved in the release 229 and adding a tag to them. 230 231 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 232 233 3. How do I create and checkout a branch? 234 235 Suggested technique: 236 237 Attach a non-branch tag to all the revisions you want to branch 238 from. (i.e. the branch point revisions) 239 240 When you decide you really need a branch, attach a branch tag to the 241 same revisions marked by the non-branch tag. 242 243 "Checkout" or "update" your working directory onto the branch. 244 245 Suggested procedure when using modules: 246 247 cvs rtag <branch_point_tag> module 248 249 cvs rtag -b -r <branch_point_tag> <branch_tag> <module> 250 251 cvs checkout -r <branch_tag> module 252 253 Suggested procedure when using your working directory, which 254 contains the revisions of your working files you want to branch from: 255 256 cvs tag <branch_point_tag> 257 258 cvs rtag -b -r <branch_point_tag> <branch_tag> <module> 259 260 cvs update -r <branch_tag> 261 262 In each procedure above, Step #1 applies a non-branch tag to all the 263 branch point revisions in the module/directory. Though this is not 264 strictly necessary, if you don't add a non-branch tag to the revisions 265 you branch from, you won't be able to refer to the branch point in the 266 future. 267 268 Between steps 1 & 2 you may commit changes. The result would be same 269 because "rtag -r <oldtag> <newtag>" applies <newtag> to the same 270 revision that <oldtag> is attached to. You can use this technique to 271 avoid attaching *any* branch tags until you need them. 272 273 Step B.2 has two corollaries: 274 275 If you plan to create the branch tag before committing anything in 276 your working directory, you can use "cvs tag -b <branch_tag>" instead 277 of the "rtag" command. 278 279 The <module> can be a relative path to a directory from which your 280 working directory was checked out. 281 282 If you have trouble figuring out what <module> to use (or pathname to 283 use in its place), you can aim it at whatever parent directories you 284 believe will cover all your work. 285 286 If you are sure the <branch_tag> is not being used anywhere else, you 287 can even aim it at the whole Repository ($CVSROOT), if you have to. It 288 might take some extra time, but assuming that your <tag> is a unique 289 string and you don't use the '-f' option to "rtag -r", "rtag" will 290 only add a <tag> to files in which it actually *finds* the earlier 291 <tag>. 292 293 In each procedure above, Step #3 may occur any time after step 2. 294 Unless you explicitly remove them with "tag -d", a <tag> is permanent. 295 296 The <branch_tag> is an unusual creature. It labels a branch in a way 297 that allows you to "checkout" the branch, to "commit" files to the end 298 of the branch and to refer to the end of the branch. It does not label 299 the base of the branch (the branch point). 300 301 There are two obvious ways to choose the <branch_point_tag> and 302 <branch_tag> names. But keep in mind that the <branch_tag> is typed by 303 any developer who wants to work on the branch -- you should make it 304 mean something to them. 305 306 Style #1 presumes that the simple version string refers to a set of 307 designed, documented or promised features, not to a specific set of 308 files. In this case, you tag the branch with the generic Version 309 string and assume that whenever you refer to "Version", you want the 310 "latest" set of files associated with that Version, including all 311 patches. (You can substitute whatever you like for "bp_", as long as 312 your <branch_point_tag> is some modification of the <branch_tag>.) 313 314 <branch_point_tag> Matching <branch_tag> 315 316 bp_V1_3 V1_3 317 bp_Release2-3-5 Release2-3-5 318 bp_Production4_5 Release4_5 319 320 Style #2 presumes that the simple version string refers to the 321 specific set of files used to construct the first release of 322 "version". In this case, you tag the branch-point revisions with the 323 generic Version string and assume that whenever you refer to this 324 Version, you want the original set of released revisions. To get the 325 latest patched revisions of the release, you refer to the branch tag 326 "latest_<branch_point_tag>". (You can substitute what ever you like 327 for "latest_", as long as your <branch_tag> is some modification of 328 the <branch_point_tag>.) 329 330 <branch_point_tag> Matching <branch_tag> 331 332 V1_3 latest_V1_3 333 Release2-3-5 latest_Release2-3-5 334 Release4_5 latest_Production4_5 335 336 In both styles you can find out what you had to change since the 337 original release of this Version by typing: 338 339 cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r <branch_tag> 340 341 For Style 1, this is: 342 343 cvs diff -r bp_<branch_tag> -r <branch_tag> 344 345 For Style 2, this is: 346 347 cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r latest_<branch_point_tag> 348 349 Notes on "being on a branch": 350 351 - "update -r <tag>" tells CVS to attach a "sticky tag" to working 352 directory (in ./CVS/Tag) and the checked-out files (on each line of 353 ./CVS/Entries). 354 355 - A "sticky" <tag> (including a <branch_tag>) causes most CVS commands 356 to act as if "-r <tag>" were on the command line. 357 358 - A "sticky" <branch_tag> indicates that the working directory (and 359 working files) are "on the branch". 360 361 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 362 363 4. Once created, how do I manage a branch? 364 365 The most important thing you should know about managing a branch is 366 that the creation of a branch is not a lightweight act. When you 367 create a branch, you must also create a set of procedures to keep 368 track of it. 369 370 Specifically, you must: 371 372 - Remember that the branch exists. (This is non-trivial if you create 373 a lot of them.) 374 375 - Plan when to merge it back into the main line of development. 376 377 - Schedule the order that multiple branch merges are to be done. 378 379 - If you ever intend to merge branches into each other, instead of 380 limiting merges of branch work back into the "main line", you must 381 keep careful track of which parts of which branches have merged into 382 which other branches. 383 384 The simplest way to deal with branches is to limit their number, 385 "collapse" them back into the main line as quickly as is reasonable 386 and forget them. If a group wants to continue working, tell them to 387 create another branch off the fully merged main line. 388 389 Remember that CVS is just a tool. Over time, it will probably handle 390 branching better, requiring less careful attendance. But no matter how 391 good it becomes, the whole idea of "branching" is a complicated 392 management problem. Don't take it lightly. 393 394 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 395 396 5. Are there any extra issues in managing multiple branches? 397 398 If you plan to split from the "main line" and merge back after a time, 399 the only problem will be scheduling the order of branch merges. As 400 each branch is merged, the main line must be rebuilt and tested. 401 Merging multiple branches (i.e. "lines of development") before 402 building and testing creates more problems than you are ready for. 403 404 If you plan to collapse some branches into others, then move the 405 combined branches back into the main line, you have to be careful with 406 the revisions and tags you hand to your "update -j" command, but it 407 shouldn't be much trouble. 408 409 If you plan to allow every branch to incrementally take the work done 410 on other branches, you are creating an almost insurmountable 411 bookkeeping problem. Every developer will say "Hey, I can handle 412 taking just this little bit," but for the system as a whole it is 413 disaster. Try it once and see. If you are forced into this situation, 414 you will need to keep track of the beginning and end points of every 415 merge ever done. Good Luck. 416 417 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 418 419 6. How do I merge a whole branch back into the trunk? 420 421 If you don't have a working directory, you can checkout and merge in 422 one command: 423 424 cvs checkout -j <branch_tag> <module> 425 cd <module> 426 427 If you already have a working directory: 428 429 cd <working_directory> 430 cvs update <== Optional, to bring it up to date. 431 cvs update -j <branch_tag> 432 433 CVS will print lines beginning with 434 435 'U' for files that you hadn't changed, but the branch did. 436 437 'M' for files that you changed and the branch didn't 438 *and* for files that you both changed that were merged 439 without overlaps. (This overload is unfortunate.) 440 441 'C' for files that you both changed in a way that conflicts 442 with each other. 443 444 You need to go edit all the 'C' files and clean up the conflicts. Then 445 you must commit them. 446 447 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 448 449 7. How do I merge changes from the trunk into my branch or between 450 branches? 451 452 The idea is similar to the above, but since CVS doesn't treat the main 453 branch like other branches, you'll have to be more careful. There are 454 5 different ways to look at the problem. 455 456 The way to merge *all* changes made on the trunk into a working 457 branch is to move to the branch you want via "checkout -r" or "update 458 -r": 459 460 cvs update -r <branch_tag> {optional files} 461 462 Then merge the changes from the trunk into your working branch using 463 the pseudo-tag named "HEAD": 464 465 cvs up -j HEAD {optional files} 466 467 You will get everything from the branch point of the branch named 468 <branch_tag> up to the HEAD of the main branch. This is still kind of 469 strange. If the file is on a branch, HEAD should be the latest thing 470 on the branch, not the HEAD of MAIN. But that's not the way CVS 471 (currently) works. 472 473 If you run "cvs up -j HEAD" again after adding more revisions to the 474 trunk, you may get overlaps for the text you have already merged. It 475 depends on your version of your RCS "merge" command (actually the "co 476 -j" option, which depends on the version of "diff3" you configured RCS 477 to use). 478 479 You can merge the difference between any two <tags> using two "-j" 480 options on "update" or "checkout". 481 482 Identify the two tags on the branch you want to merge from. 483 484 cvs update -j <tag1> -j <tag2> {optional files} 485 486 This step assumes you were careful about tagging milestones. You can 487 use this technique for any two <tags> on the same branch, even the 488 trunk. It is also possible to use tags on different branches, but 489 you'll have to ponder the meaning of the difference between those two 490 tags. 491 492 In place of one of the <tags>, you can use a <branch_tag> to refer to 493 the latest revision on that branch. See 4C.11 and 4C.3 for info on 494 branch points. 495 496 Merges can also be performed by handing RCS revisions to the '-j' 497 options, but since revision numbers aren't the same in all files, 498 merging by number is normally limited to one file. Sets of files with 499 the exact same trees of branches and revision numbers would work too, 500 but that's a rare situation. 501 502 To "take" revisions from other branches instead of merging them, see 503 4C.19 for an idea. 504 505 A way to gain the effect of merging the main to the branch is to 506 merge the branch into the main using the normal 507 508 cvs update -A {optional files} 509 cvs update -j <branch_tag> {optional files} 510 cvs commit 511 cvs tag -F -b <same_branch_tag> {optional files} 512 513 See part B of 4D.5 514 515 Other oddities. 516 517 This also works, but is probably not officially supported: 518 519 cvs update -j N {optional files} 520 521 where N is a number. This will merge all the changes from the branch 522 point up to the highest revision on the main branch starting with N. 523 For example, if your highest trunk revision is 1.52, you can use this 524 to grab revisions from the trunk: 525 526 cvs update -j 1 {optional files} 527 528 Another example: Say you have a branch point at rev 1.2 for a branch 529 named "BR1" and trunk revisions 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2. 530 Then: 531 532 cvs update -j 1 {optional files} 533 534 will merge the changes from 1.2 to 1.4 535 536 cvs update -j 2 {optional files} 537 538 will merge the changes from 1.2 to 2.3 539 540 cvs update -j 3 {optional files} 541 542 will merge the changes from 1.2 to 3.2, which in this example, is 543 equivalent to the use of "-j HEAD" in part A above. 544 545 The intuitive (at least to me): 546 547 cvs up -j MAIN (or TRUNK) {optional files} 548 549 doesn't work. If the trunk (i.e. "main branch") had an implicit branch 550 named "MAIN", you could use: 551 552 cvs up -j MAIN:10/26 -j MAIN:now {optional files} 553 554 and refer to date-stamped revisions on the trunk using the 555 <branch_tag>:<date> support that works on other branches. 556 557 You might also think you could place an explicit tag on branch 1 (or 558 higher) (e.g. MAINHACK:1) and use it in place of the implicit "MAIN", 559 but I haven't found the right combination. 560 561 [[If you find working techniques, I'll add them here.]] 562 563 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 564 565 8. How do I merge onto the Main Branch a file that exists only on a branch 566 other than the Main Branch? (i.e. it is in the Attic) 567 568 For how such a file can exist, see 3A.2 and 3A.3. 569 570 For how to avoid creating such a file, see 3A.5. 571 572 Though you might think that the "update -j" command could perform the 573 "merge" of a file from the side branch to the Main Branch, it isn't 574 (yet) smart enough. Unfortunately, there is no single CVS command to 575 do this -- it takes three steps: 576 577 To move something onto the Main Branch from the Attic, you have to 578 physically move the file from the Attic to the main Repository 579 directory associated with your working directory. 580 581 It is exactly like resurrecting a removed file. See 3L.4 582 583 I use something like this: (csh-like syntax) 584 585 set repos = `cat ./CVS/Repository` mv $repos/Attic/filename,v 586 $repos/filename,v 587 588 (If you use relative paths in your Repository files, that first line 589 becomes: set repos = $CVSROOT/`cat ./CVS/Repository`) 590 591 Now that the file is physically in the right place within the 592 Repository, "update -A" will make it appear in your working directory 593 on the Main Branch. Do that now. 594 595 You now have a choice. The act of physically moving the file has 596 fused together the <branch_tag> branch and the Main Branch for this 597 file. You can continue that way, making changes along the RCS Main 598 Branch which CVS will (for this type of file only) treat as both the 599 Main Branch and the <branch_tag> branch. 600 601 The other choice, which I would suggest, is to re-tag the file with 602 <branch_tag>, restoring a normal-looking magic branch tag to the file: 603 604 cvs tag -F -b <branch_tag> <file> 605 606 After you have done the above, you can run "update -A" or "update -r 607 <branch_tag>" to resume whatever you were doing before you started 608 this procedure. 609 610 Caveat: The final result is a file whose revision tree doesn't look 611 like it was ever on any branch but the Main Branch until the above 612 "tag -F -b" command was executed. CVS and RCS have no way of saving 613 the history of the actions you have just performed. 614 615 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 616 617 9. How do I know what branch I'm (working) on? 618 619 Type: 620 cvs status 621 622 and look at the "Sticky Tag" field for each file. If: 623 624 The *same* tag is on *every* file in your working tree, *and* 625 626 That tag matches the contents of the ./CVS/Tag file, *and* 627 628 That tag is a branch tag, 629 630 then you know what branch you are working on. You can get sticky Tag 631 information directly from the ./CVS/Entries file instead of "cvs 632 status". 633 634 If all the sticky Tags don't agree, then your directory is temporarily 635 inconsistent. This is a feature allowing you to make changes (or 636 perform merges) to individual files on multiple branches without 637 checking out the whole directory. 638 639 The sticky Tag on each file in the ./CVS/Entries file (as displayed by 640 the "status" command) indicates what branch the working file is on. 641 New files are added to the Tag stored in ./CVS/Tag. 642 643 To force your entire working directory onto the same branch, type: 644 645 cvs update -r <branch_tag> 646 647 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 648 649 10. Do I really have to know the name of the branch I'm working on? 650 651 If a developer can't be relied on to know what branch of development 652 to work on, then either the developer's manager isn't planning 653 branches properly or the developer has serious problems. 654 655 I have found that one of the hardest concepts to get across to 656 developers (and some managers) is that "a branch in development" (as 657 opposed to the use of RCS branches to support some other scheme) is a 658 heavyweight act. Every time you create a real branch in development, 659 you must spawn a set of managerial procedures and a schedule by which 660 you plan to merge each branch into each other branch. Unless you plan 661 to keep it simple and collapse (by merging and forgetting) branches 662 quickly, they are not to be created lightly. 663 664 In other words, if you don't regularly attend group meetings in which 665 the branch to be worked on is a major topic of discussion, then the 666 group is not managing branches properly. 667 668 We created a couple major branches a few months ago and even the 669 customer service people refer to the "XYZ branch" as a shorthand for 670 "continuing development on the XYZ project". 671 672 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 673 674 11. How do I refer to the revision where I branched so I can see what 675 changed since the Branch Point on another branch? 676 677 Given the current <branch_tag> format, there is no direct way to refer 678 to the branch point, which is more useful in many ways than referring 679 to the branch, which always refers to the latest revision on the 680 branch. 681 682 When CVS adds a branch tag, it attaches an RCS symbol to a 683 non-existent revision number containing the revision number of the 684 branch point as a prefix. (See Section 3O, on the "tag" command.) RCS 685 can't use the CVS magic branch tag and many of the CVS commands can't 686 refer to it. 687 688 To be certain of your ability to refer to a branch point, you must 689 create a "branch point" tag at the same time as the Branch tag. See 690 4C.3. 691 692 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 693 694 12. Why didn't the command "cvs admin -bBRANCH1 *" create a branch? 695 696 Because your command creates an RCS branch, not a CVS branch. See the 697 above discussion on branches. RCS branches are used to support CVS 698 branches, but they are not the same. You can't act as if you have 699 direct control over the RCS files. 700 701 The "admin" command was placed there as a convenience to allow you to 702 execute raw "rcs" commands on the Repository, taking advantage of 703 CVS's ability to find the files in the Repository. 704 705 But you have to remember that you are using RCS commands on a CVS 706 Repository, which is not generally safe unless you know exactly what 707 CVS depends on. 708 709 For one thing, CVS insists on control of the default branch. It is set 710 either to the Main branch or the Vendor branch depending on whether 711 you have changed the Vendor's code. If you change the default branch, 712 you are monkeying with the internals and you will get unexpected 713 results. 714 715 To set your "default CVS branch" to BRANCH1, you must use "checkout" 716 or "update" with the "-r BRANCH1" option. Then you have changed CVS's 717 idea of your "default branch", which has little to do with RCS's 718 default branch. 719 720 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 721 722 13. Is it possible to set the "default CVS branch" for everyone? 723 724 No. It doesn't work that way. 725 726 When using CVS, all administrative information (such as what branch 727 you checked out) is stored in CVS sub-directories, local to the user. 728 There is no global state, other than the description and logging files 729 in the $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory. 730 731 You tell "checkout" or "update" what branch you want to check out via 732 the "-r <tag>" option. The default is CVS's "Main Branch". 733 734 I don't see a problem in *designing* a new way to indicate what branch 735 you get by default, instead of the main one, but that's not how it 736 currently works. 737 738 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 739 740 14. How do I perform a large merge? 741 742 Large merges require a bit more planning to be able to track what has 743 happened in the inevitable cases where something goes wrong. No tool 744 can force a "merge" to make perfect sense. 745 746 Though you can handle the details in many different ways, the two ends 747 of the spectrum of merge techniques are: gonzo and paranoid. 748 749 The gonzo method assumes that you know everything about your sources 750 so that recovery from failures is "just a matter of typing." You 751 created the branch this way: 752 753 cvs checkout <module> 754 cd <module> 755 cvs tag -b <branch_tag> 756 cvs update -r <branch_tag> 757 >>> Edit away. 758 cvs commit <<== Onto branch 759 760 Now you want to merge your branch back into the Main branch, you are 761 certain you can make it work, or at least detect all the failures, so 762 you dive in and hack away: (For simplicity, we will assume you are 763 collapsing (i.e. merging and forgetting) a side-branch into the Main 764 branch from your single working directory.) 765 766 cvs update -A 767 cvs update -j <branch_tag> 768 >>> Edit the 'C' files and remove the overlaps. 769 >>> Edit some more to make it all compile and work. 770 cvs commit 771 772 Looks simple. For more details on the output from the "update -j" 773 command, see 3P.2 and 4C.6. 774 775 Note: You could also checkout a whole new working directory and 776 perform the merge at the same time by replacing the two 777 update commands with these two commands: 778 779 cvs checkout -j <branch_tag> <module> 780 cd <module> 781 782 The paranoid way is more difficult, but it can catch all sorts of 783 problems. You created the branch this way: 784 785 cvs checkout <module> 786 cd <module> 787 cvs tag <branch_point_tag> 788 cvs tag -b <branch_tag> 789 cvs update -r <branch_tag> 790 >>> Edit away. 791 cvs commit <<== Onto branch 792 793 The extra tag command places a non-branch tag on the Branch Point, an 794 act that makes it easier to do "diffs" later. Now we decide to perform 795 the merge: 796 797 cvs tag <latest_on_branch_tag> 798 cvs update -A 799 *1* cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r <latest_on_branch_tag> 800 >>> *1* shows all the changes on the branch. 801 *2* cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r HEAD 802 >>> *2* shows the changes on the trunk since branching. 803 cvs tag <premerge_tag> 804 cvs update -j <branch_tag> 805 >>> Edit the 'C' files and remove the overlaps. 806 *3* cvs diff 807 >>> Verify that *3* matches *1*, except for line numbers. 808 cvs commit 809 cvs tag <just_merge_changes_tag> 810 >>> Edit some more to make it all compile and work. 811 cvs commit 812 cvs tag <after_merge_cleanup_tag> 813 814 The reason *3* and *1* match so closely is that they are the 815 differences between two pairs of starting points and ending points 816 after the same data was inserted. If they are significantly different, 817 you will want to figure out why. 818 819 NOTE: You will have to tell everyone to stay the hell out of the 820 Repository while you do this. If they commit something while you are 821 in the middle of a merge, your job will be much more difficult. If 822 they "update" at the wrong time, their work will be randomized until 823 you finish. It's better to call a halt. 824 825 See 3H.13 for some more information about dealing with merges after 826 import. The last part of the procedure is applicable to any large 827 merge. 828 829 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 830 831 15. Is a Vendor merge any different from a branch merge? 832 833 No. In most ways, a Vendor branch is exactly the same as any other 834 branch. In a Vendor merge, the data is append to the branch by the 835 "import" command, rather than by hand-editing, but the merge process 836 is the same. 837 838 See the "import" command in section 3H. 839 840 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 841 842 16. How do I go back to a previous version of the code on a branch? 843 844 845 846 847 You can avoid digging into RCS revision numbers (executing "update 848 -r (rev)" on each file) by trying one of these: 849 850Use non-branch tags as you normally would. Non-branch tags 851 attach to specific revisions, so a "tag (tag)" command would 852 mark the revisions you have in your working directory, which 853 are on your branch. If you need to retrieve them, use "update 854 -r (non-branch-tag)" 855 856 Doing this overrides the sticky (branch-tag) attached to your 857 working directory with a non-branch tag, which means you won't 858 be able to commit until you again move forward to the end of 859 the branch with "update -r (branch-tag)". 860 861Use the "update -r (branch-tag):(date)" trick. 862 863 This is almost like using the '-D' option, but it looks for 864 revisions extant on (date) only along the given branch. 865 866 As in #1, you can't commit to this kind of working area, 867 because it has a sticky date referring to revisions in the 868 middle of a branch. 869 870[comment from the audience: You are dreaming.. 871this does not work.. try it, you get 872No such tag: "MYTAG:May 1" 873or similar. I wish it did because I need it. julian@whistle.com] 874 875 876You can branch a branch. 877 878 If you add a branch tag to file in a working directory that was 879 checked out on a branch, you will branch the branch. This 880 works just fine, though you'll have to play some games to merge 881 everything back together again. You'll also create 6-part 882 revision numbers. (They'll be 8-part revision numbers if you 883 branch a branch that started out with some unmodified files on 884 the Vendor branch. Think about it. How does revision 885 1.2.4.2.4.2.2.1 grab you?) 886 887 888(fixed formatting, kingdon@cyclic.com) 889 890 Last modified: _9/8/1997_ 891 892 17. Once I've found the files I want, how do I start changing them? I keep 893 getting warnings about sticky tags. 894 895 What you probably did was type "cvs update -r <tag>" where <tag> is a 896 non-branch tag. "update" created a sticky tag for a specific revision, 897 not a branch. To start working right there, you have to create a 898 branch to work on. 899 900 You have two choices. 901 902 You can do it in place and keep working: 903 904 cvs tag -b <branch_tag> <<== To tag the current files. 905 cvs update -r <branch_tab> <<== To move onto the branch. 906 907 You can do it "externally" and create a new working directory: 908 909 cvs rtag -b -r <tag> <branch_tag> <module> 910 cvs checkout -r <branch_tag> <module> 911 912 <module> can be a relative path within the Repository. 913 914 <tag> in the above is the non-branch tag you placed earlier 915 that caused the error in your question. Be warned that 916 if <tag> is not set on all the files (or all the right 917 revisions) you won't get exactly what you wanted. 918 919 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 920 921 18. Why do I get the latest files on the branch when I tried to "update -r 922 <tag>"? 923 924 If "update -r <tag>" always retrieves the latest files on a branch, 925 then <tag> is really a <branch_tag>. A branch tag is supposed to be 926 used to grab a branch to work on. Since you can't modify a file in the 927 middle of a branch, checking out a <branch_tag> will give you the 928 latest revision on the branch. 929 930 If you want to "checkout" a specific collection of revisions, you must 931 use a "non-branch" tag. See the first part of 4C.16. 932 933 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 934 935 19. How can I avoid a merge? I just want to move the latest revision on my 936 working branch directly onto the trunk. 937 938 There is no direct way to do this using CVS, though the technique is 939 not difficult using shell commands. Here's one way: 940 941 Move your working directory to the Main Branch. 942 943 cvs update -A 944 945 Use "update -p" to grab the latest revision on the branch and write 946 it over your working files. Make sure you don't have an modified files 947 -- you will lose them. The following is in "csh" syntax. Change the 948 wildcard to grab the files you want 949 950 foreach i (Makefile *.cc *.hh) 951 cvs update -p -r <branch_tag> $i > $i 952 end 953 954 Commit all the working files onto the Main Branch. 955 956 cvs commit -m 'Moved branch <branch_tag> onto MAIN' 957 958 You should experiment with the above before blasting everything. 959 960 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 961 962 20. How to I avoid merge collisions in the RCS $\Log$ data? 963 964 In short, you can't. The RCS $\Log$ keyword is handled differently 965 from all other RCS keywords. 966 967 On the info-cvs mailing list, there is a periodic discussion that goes 968 something like this: 969 970 Question: How do I deal with $\Log$? Answer1: You can't do much with 971 it. Here's how it works. . . Answer2: I've found a limited way to use 972 it. . . Answer3: Get rid of it. $\Log$ is an abomination. 973 974 I tend to lean toward answer #3. There are only two sets of people who 975 would ever have access to logs stored within sources files, developers 976 and source customers. 977 978 For developers: 979 980 Log entries within sources files are notoriously incomplete, rushed, 981 poorly phrased and in many cases incorrect, making them useless for 982 debugging or file maintenance. I remember a maxim from "Software 983 Tools" (I believe): "Read the code, not the comments." No managerial 984 order or plan for programmer discipline will affect this in the real 985 world. 986 987 Log entries are usually in an unreadable mixture of styles. Many log 988 entries are just plain meaningless. Some are foolish. Some are even 989 insulting. Examples: 990 991 "Corrected spelling of misspelling." "Bug fix." "Reversed stupid 992 change in previous revisions." "If Joe could do his job, this would 993 already have worked." 994 995 Log entries are not managed well by the tools. Any merge can cause 996 conflicts in the $\Log$ data. Branch merges produce incomplete logs. 997 They can be edited into chaos and they are not regenerated. They waste 998 space duplicating information available to the developer with a single 999 command. 1000 1001 Even if correct when originally entered, as changes are made to the 1002 file, log entries become false over time. Humans are not good at 1003 reading down through a list and remembering only the last change 1004 affecting something. Over time *most* of the log is wrong. 1005 1006 Even if still correct, the log data is almost useless to developers 1007 without the code diffs. If you can get code diffs, you can display the 1008 log. 1009 1010 For source customers the problem is even worse. The last thing you 1011 want to show customers is a hodge-podge of tiny comments about large 1012 changes followed by a series of emergency fixes before delivery. If 1013 you distribute sources, then you should provide documentation, or 1014 changelogs reviewed by people who won't let comments like "Fixed for 1015 stupid customer." out the door. 1016 1017 Conclusion: Though some people would prefer to see in this FAQ 1018 techniques for making the $\Log$ entries the best they can be, I 1019 believe them to be a lost cause. My suggestion is to hunt down, root 1020 out and destroy all occurrences of $\Log$ and the unusable data 1021 attached to it wherever you may find it. 1022 1023 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1024 1025 21. Why should I trust automatic merges? 1026 1027 Some developers have the feeling that three-way merging doesn't work. 1028 They fear and distrust the way the "update" command automatically 1029 merges committed changes from the Repository into the working file. 1030 1031 Experience has shown that most merges are utterly painless and most of 1032 the rest are easily resolved. The few conflicts that cause headaches 1033 are nearly all due to poor communication between developers, a problem 1034 no source control system can obviate. 1035 1036 Some developers were troubled in the past by flaky Unix software. I 1037 can't say that everything is perfect, but the tools CVS depends on 1038 (RCS and diff, mainly) are fairly solid nowadays. They work. 1039 1040 Since it does seem to work for most of us, the algorithm is unlikely 1041 to change soon. Why not test it on a couple trouble spots and if it 1042 works for you, use it for a while? Then you can make an informed 1043 decision. 1044 1045 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1046 1047 22. How does CVS decide if it can safely perform a merge? 1048 1049 CVS can merge any text file, possibly discovering a conflict and 1050 leaving overlaps for you to edit. Editing the conflict markers out of 1051 the file is a moment's work, but resolving the conflict could take an 1052 arbitrary amount of time. CVS works to determine if it *should* merge, 1053 not if it *can*. 1054 1055 See 2B.6 for how the merge proceeds. 1056 1057 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1058 1059 23. After resolving merge conflicts in a file, what if I want to keep my 1060 previous version, and not take any of the branch changes? 1061 1062 If you want to retain your previous version, a version on the MAIN 1063 branch greater than 1.1 (one you committed there), just throw the 1064 merged file away and "cvs update" the file. 1065 1066 You don't need to commit something to remember it. The tags you place 1067 before and after the merge should give all the handles you need to 1068 find various versions. You don't have to create a new version of the 1069 file. 1070 1071 If you want to retain the previous Vendor revision, you can grab a 1072 copy of it using "cvs update -p" and commit it or use the technique 1073 described in 3B.3 to revert back to the Vendor branch. 1074 1075 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1076 1077 Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Engineering/ 1078 1079 " + Engineering" 1080 1081 1. Where can I find out about Software Engineering? 1082 1083 A couple different people suggested this book: 1084 1085 Software Configuration Management: Coordination for Team Productivity; 1086 Wayne A. Babich; Addison Wesley; 1986; ISBN 0-201-10161-0 1087 1088 A number of others suggested Appendix B of the book "Decline and Fall 1089 of the American Programmer" by Ed Yourdon, called "The Programmer's 1090 Bookshelf". It list 87 books you are expected to have read. Since they 1091 publish many of the books, Prentice-Hall distributes this list as 1092 "Prentice Hall Professional Technical reference PTR-125-AA3. 1093 1094 One interesting item from the Yourdon book: The total number of 1095 professional computer books sold is less than the number of 1096 programmers currently in the United States. It wasn't clear from the 1097 book whether this meant "per year" or not, but it is still 1098 frightening. 1099 1100 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1101 1102 2. How do I flexibly arrange the modules file to describe my sources? 1103 1104 An equivalent question might be, "How do I structure my sources?" This 1105 can be a difficult question especially in the areas that are more 1106 political than technical. 1107 1108 Generally you want to think about which pieces of your system need to 1109 be checked out together, built as one system or tagged as a consistent 1110 whole. You should certainly create module names that correspond to 1111 complete, buildable collections that you would tag and release as one 1112 "product". It is also convenient to create module names for small 1113 sections of the Repository containing files that will all be worked on 1114 at the same time by the same person or group. 1115 1116 Once you have defined the structure of your work, you can usually see 1117 how to lay it out in a Repository. After that the modules file is 1118 easy. You set up module names and aliases to match what you need to 1119 check out by name. If you like relative directories, it is possible, 1120 but not recommended, to work completely without a modules file. See 1121 1D.11 and 2C.7 for some info about the modules file. 1122 1123 Here are a few types of modules. You should experiment to see what 1124 kind of structure each of these produces. They all have different 1125 uses. 1126 1127 Connected projects in one group with two separate helper 1128 directories. The helper directories can contain build tools, header 1129 files, libraries, or whatever you like. 1130 1131 These are all aliases that checkout relative pathnames. The equivalent 1132 results could be produced by placing the selected relative pathnames 1133 on the "cvs checkout" command line. 1134 1135 pr1 -a P1 HELPERS 1136 pr2 -a P2 HELPERS 1137 pr3 -a P3 HELPERS 1138 pr12 -a P1 P2 HELPERS 1139 pr13 -a P1 P3 HELPERS 1140 pr23 -a P2 P3 HELPERS 1141 1142 P1 -a group1/proj1 1143 P2 -a group1/proj2 1144 P3 -a group1/proj3 1145 HELPERS -a group1/helper1 group1/helper2 MAKEFILE 1146 MAKEFILE -a group1/Makefile 1147 1148 Actual Repository directory structure: (from $CVSROOT down) 1149 1150 group1/ Makefile The top level Makefile. helper1/ helper2/ Helper 1151 files and dirs proj1/ Files and dirs proj2/ Files and dirs proj3/ 1152 Files and dirs 1153 1154 "checkout group1" produces a duplicate of the above. "checkout projX" 1155 produces all but "projY" and "projZ". "checkout projXY" produces all 1156 but "projZ". 1157 1158 Here is the exact same set of module names describing the same 1159 Repository layout using module names (and aliases containing module 1160 names) instead of merely aliases for relative pathnames. 1161 1162 There is one difference in the result. The name of the top level 1163 directory in the checked out working tree will match the "module" name 1164 (e.g. pr1) instead of always being "group1" as it was in the first 1165 example above. 1166 1167 pr1 group1 proj1 &HELPERS 1168 pr2 group1 proj2 &HELPERS 1169 pr3 group1 proj3 &HELPERS 1170 pr12 group1 proj1 proj2 &HELPERS 1171 pr13 group1 proj1 proj3 &HELPERS 1172 pr23 group1 proj2 proj3 &HELPERS 1173 1174 HELPERS -a helper1 helper2 group1-Makefile 1175 helper1 group1/helper1 1176 helper2 group1/helper2 1177 group1-Makefile -d . group1 Makefile 1178 1179 The above line (with the -d in it) says that when the module named 1180 "group1-Makefile" is checked out, the file named Makefile file will be 1181 found in a directory named $CVSROOT/group1 and will be checked out 1182 into a directory named '.', which obviously already exists. 1183 1184 The & references say to interpret those pathnames relative to the 1185 directory where the whole module is stored. For the "pr1" module, that 1186 directory is "group1", so the &HELPERS reference winds up placing 1187 Makefile in '.' relative to "group1". 1188 1189 A short one containing the basic "module" actions: 1190 1191 m1 head/path file1 dir2 file3 dir4 file5 1192 1193 When checked out, a directory named "m1" appears in your current 1194 directory. Elements named file1, dir2, file3, dir4, and file5 appear 1195 in it. They were originally taken as relative paths from 1196 $CVSROOT/head/path. 1197 1198 Here's another way to construct a working directory out of pieces of 1199 the Repository: 1200 1201 projX projX Makefile &projX_inc &projX_src &projX_doc 1202 1203 # The first line selects a single file within projX, plus 1204 # the contents of three other modules. Those three other 1205 # modules rename their directories. 1206 1207 projX_inc -d include projX/inc projX_src -d source projX/src projX_doc 1208 -d documentation projX/doc 1209 1210 A Unix tree. This is similar to what CVS was developed for and the 1211 way I have used it for years. 1212 1213 # Top level 1214 unix unix 1215 u_bin unix/bin 1216 u_etc unix/etc 1217 u_man unix/man 1218 usr-bin unix/usr.bin 1219 1220 # Subdirs of top level dirs. (tiny subset) 1221 ls unix/bin/ls 1222 fsck unix/etc/fsck 1223 man8 unix/man/man8 1224 1225 # Programs without subdirs. (tiny subset) 1226 cat unix/bin Makefile cat.c 1227 uniq unix/usr.bin Makefile uniq.c 1228 1229 # /usr/local/src 1230 localsrc localsrc 1231 gnu localsrc/gnu 1232 public localsrc/public 1233 X11 localsrc/X11 1234 1235 # GNU and PD tools 1236 cvs localsrc/gnu/cvs 1237 emacs localsrc/gnu/emacs 1238 rcs localsrc/gnu/rcs 1239 btoa localsrc/public/btoa 1240 tcsh localsrc/public/tcsh 1241 1242 # X11 related items. 1243 tvtwm localsrc/X11/contrib/tvtwm 1244 1245 "unix" was checked out and built from the top down, using a set of 1246 Makefiles that knew about the whole structure. "localsrc" was kept 1247 checked out in /usr/local/src. 1248 1249 At any time I could run "checkout ls" or "checkout cat" and get a 1250 simple directory with only that tool in it, plus a subset Makefile 1251 that knew how to build that tool against the installed (or alternate, 1252 via environment variables) headers and libraries. 1253 1254 I found it very handy to be able to run "ls" and see the three tools I 1255 was porting that week. 1256 1257 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1258 1259 3. Can I have multiple source repositories, one for each project? 1260 1261 Yes, you can have as many Repositories as you like. But each 1262 Repository must be managed separately, creating additional work. 1263 1264 Question 4A.1 provides a short description of setting up a single 1265 Repository. A few additional considerations: 1266 1267 It is a good idea to start by creating a single Repository and split 1268 it up (or create additional Repositories) only if you believe it is 1269 really necessary. I would only create a new Repository if the data is 1270 completely disconnected from the rest of the main Repository. 1271 1272 If there is a lot of overlap among the developers working on the 1273 collections of files you want to place in different Repositories, or 1274 if there is any connection between those collections, I would go out 1275 of my way to create a single Repository. It is much easier to manage. 1276 1277 Disk space should not be a factor since you can build up a 1278 Repository using symbolic links and/or remote mounts. 1279 1280 Each Repository is completely distinct. You can't check out modules 1281 from different Repositories at the same time. A better way of looking 1282 at it is that if you *can* check out two modules or directories with a 1283 single "checkout" command (without contortions or explicit absolute 1284 pathnames), then they are in the same Repository. 1285 1286 To "checkout" modules from multiple Repositories, you must use the 1287 "cvs -d" option on all CVS commands or alter your $CVSROOT variable 1288 when you change focus to another Repository. If you work with multiple 1289 Repositories, it is a good idea to configure CVS to use absolute 1290 pathnames in the ./CVS/Repository file, since most commands (other 1291 than "checkout") will use that file rather than $CVSROOT. 1292 1293 If you configure CVS to use relative pathnames in your 1294 ./CVS/Repository files, you must always be careful to set your 1295 $CVSROOT properly or you will get unexpected results. 1296 1297 If you have two modules or directories by the same name at the same 1298 relative path inside two different Repositories, you are asking for 1299 disaster. You could unexpectedly update a directory with completely 1300 unrelated files. This is not a fanciful example -- a Repository is 1301 occasionally duplicated for release purposes in which case *all* the 1302 paths in the two Repositories are the same. 1303 1304 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1305 1306 4. Who should administer the Repository and manage the modules file? 1307 1308 This is a "management style" question. In large or traditional groups, 1309 the CVS procedures are warped to conform to local conventions. In 1310 small groups, in groups with strong personalities or on new projects 1311 the choice of source control procedures can help create some of the 1312 working environment. Here is a taxonomy of environments I have worked 1313 in or helped set up: 1314 1315 Situation 1. 1316 1317 A small number of competent developers working on a medium size 1318 project. We all got along and we all respected each other (at least 1319 technically). Anyone edited anything. 1320 1321 Modules and Repository admin was mostly left to me. I never found a 1322 problem in minor changes made by anyone else. 1323 1324 Situation 2. 1325 1326 A large number of experienced developers sprinkled with wackos. Many 1327 of the developers didn't want to deal with any kind of source control. 1328 They wanted a full-service source control system that caused them zero 1329 thought. 1330 1331 I learned "big stick" diplomacy here. There was a small number of 1332 "designated" (by me) people who were allowed to do *anything* other 1333 than "update" and "commit". Even "checkouts" were controlled. This is 1334 where I found "history" and "release" the most useful. 1335 1336 Situation 3. 1337 1338 A small number of developers who wanted me to "help", but who didn't 1339 want to deal with anything other than their favorite algorithms. 1340 1341 I didn't have the time to baby-sit this group, so I designated one of 1342 them to be my official contact and made him do it all. He felt sullied 1343 by the requirement to pay attention to anything other than his pet 1344 coding projects, but enjoyed the "status" of being the only one who 1345 could touch the control files without my kicking the chair out from 1346 under him. 1347 1348 Situation 4. 1349 1350 A huge number of developers of covering the whole spectrum of 1351 competence and experience split into 20 groups, none of which 1352 cooperated with the others, working on 57 different projects, most of 1353 which didn't inter-operate. 1354 1355 Managing it in any coherent way was not my responsibility (and beyond 1356 my tolerance for chaos). Too many people. So I privately designated a 1357 person in each group to be the contact and kept watch on the 1358 Repository activity. When something went wrong, I notified the contact 1359 for the group and told him what was happening and *he* kept his troops 1360 in line. They were tougher with their own group that I would have 1361 been. 1362 1363 Eventually only a few people were willing to touch the control files, 1364 since they were flamed from all directions if they screwed up. 1365 1366 Situation 5. 1367 1368 In a medium group of really *serious*, and seriously overworked, 1369 people, someone else was designated the "master". I convinced the 1370 master I knew what I was doing and went on my way. 1371 1372 No one else in the world was allowed to touch anything. 1373 1374 Situation 6. 1375 1376 In a large amorphous group of beginners, experts and clowns, over whom 1377 no one had official control, I was forced to employ a group of 1378 relative beginners (who became experts rather quickly) to police the 1379 world. The ultimate in locking the barn after the horse was stolen, we 1380 kept Chaos from destroying us only by use of superior firepower. 1381 1382 My choice, if allowed, is to let anyone touch anything. I keep backups 1383 of important items and let people know individually whether I want 1384 them to touch things or not. If someone on my "no touch" list touches 1385 and succeeds, they are allowed more slack. If they screw up after 1386 being warned, their screwup becomes public. After a few months, I 1387 usually have no trouble keeping the world running smoothly, at least 1388 from my (and CVS's) perspective. 1389 1390 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1391 1392 5. Isn't disk space a big factor? CVS copies files out of the Repository, 1393 duplicating everything. 1394 1395 Everyone knows that disk space is getting cheaper. How do we reconcile 1396 this with the equally well-known problem that *all* disk is *always* 1397 filled up? 1398 1399 In my opinion, the main reason disk space will never be an unlimited 1400 resource is that it is the major variable in organizational time/space 1401 tradeoffs. It isn't a problem of waste or an aspect of Murphy's law, 1402 as some claim it is, but rather a direct consequence of good 1403 management. Disk space is, and will always be, a limited resource. 1404 1405 First, the cost of *deploying* that disk is not dropping as fast as 1406 the cost of the storage medium. The cost of machines to hold the disks 1407 and the networks to connect them are dropping more slowly than disk 1408 media. And the cost of the human time necessary to manage the 1409 machines, networks, disks, and the developers using them, is not 1410 dropping at all. The cost of human time continues to rise. 1411 1412 If management decides that expensive human time can be saved by using 1413 all that new disk space to keep the last three releases online, then 1414 that's what it will be used for. If each release takes up a Gigabyte 1415 and you support 30 platforms, a simple time-saving suggestion has just 1416 grabbed 100 Gigabytes of disk space. And we've ignored the potential 1417 disk storage needed to support "better Customer Service", another 1418 management refrain. 1419 1420 Even at 30 cents per Megabyte (next year's price), you've just used up 1421 $30,000 of disk space. And that doesn't count the computers, tape 1422 drives and humans necessary to maintain and deploy all of it. Spending 1423 money to save time has its own overhead, too. 1424 1425 Binaries are getting bigger. Graphics and data collection devices can 1426 eat up any amount of disk. There are more tools available, more 1427 libraries, more raw data than you can ever store. My home computer has 1428 a Gigabyte of disk on it. It could easily handle 30. 1429 1430 The "economy" of disk storage media will never remove the need to 1431 manage disk space. 1432 1433 So, here's an un-reviewed suggestion originally from Graydon Dodson 1434 <grdodson@lexmark.com>, which I've altered and edited heavily. 1435 1436 - Keep a directory where the whole tree is checked out. (It might be 1437 built and tested once in a while to make sure it is worth linking to, 1438 but that doesn't affect the source control aspect of this procedure). 1439 Let's call it /master/build. 1440 1441 - Write a tool that creates a tree of directories (like the X11 1442 "lndir" command) filled with links to the checked out files in the 1443 /master/build tree. 1444 1445 This tool should also provide real copies of, not symlinks to, all the 1446 files within the CVS administrative directories. 1447 1448 - You could also provide a way for the tool to take a list of whole 1449 directories that you will never change, for which it would create a 1450 single symlink to the directory and not a subtree of symlinks to 1451 files. Or you could rm -r pieces of the resulting working directory 1452 yourself and replace it with links. 1453 1454 - If you want to edit a file, you have to grab a real copy and keep it 1455 until your revision shows up in the /master/build tree. I'd create a 1456 script to do this: cvsgrab <file> 1457 1458 #!/bin/csh -f 1459 set f = $1 1460 if (! -l $f) then 1461 echo "file $f is not a symlink" 1462 exit 1 1463 endif 1464 rm $f 1465 set rev = `grep "^/$f/" CVS/Entries | awk -F/ '{print $3}'` 1466 cvs update -p -r $rev $f > $f 1467 1468 You can't do a plain "cvs update" since that would grab newer 1469 revisions from the Repository, not the revision you wanted to start 1470 with. After the file is no longer a symlink, you can work normally. 1471 You'll have to run "update" before "commit" anyway if there are newer 1472 revisions. 1473 1474 - Presumably there would also be a tool to traverse the link tree and 1475 revert it to links if there are no modified files and/or if all the 1476 real files match the revision of the /master/build tree. 1477 1478 - To avoid confusing CVS when the /master/build revisions are updated 1479 but your CVS/Entries files is not, CVS would have to change to handle 1480 symlinks. It currently causes problems with this scenario: 1481 1482 ./<file> is a symlink. 1483 1484 ./CVS/Entries says you are revision 1.2. 1485 1486 The corresponding CVS/Entries file in /master/build says the latest 1487 revision is 1.3. 1488 1489 cvs update <file> shows a 'C' conflict flag. 1490 1491 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1492 1493 Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Installing_CVS/ 1494 1495 " + Installing CVS" 1496 1497 1. What do I have to do before I install CVS? 1498 1499 You must decide where to set up a Repository. 1500 1501 Though you can construct a Repository tree structure using links and 1502 mount points, there must be a single copy of each real file across 1503 your entire organization. You may not "rdist" files and expect to edit 1504 both copies. 1505 1506 CVS does not support a truly distributed Repository. You can have 1507 multiple Repositories, but each one must be mounted (not copied or 1508 "rdist"ed) from a single place onto all machines where it will be 1509 used. 1510 1511 Initially, a Repository takes about same amount of disk space as the 1512 sources you want to put into it, plus a bit of overhead for the RCS 1513 files. 1514 1515 See Section 4B. For multiple Repositories, see 4G.3 1516 1517 You need a directory in everyone's $PATH variable where you can 1518 install all the executables. /usr/local/bin is a common place. 1519 1520 You need some helper tools besides CVS such as "RCS" and a good set 1521 of "diff" and "diff3" programs. See 1B.4 for suggestions. 1522 1523 Read the README, INSTALL and ChangeLog files to see what you are 1524 getting into. 1525 1526 Make sure you have versions of all the programs mentioned in the 1527 "cvs/src/options.h" and "cvs/src/rcs.h" files. 1528 1529 Though you can probably muddle along without it, you should appoint 1530 one or more "Repository Administrators" who will be responsible for 1531 maintaining the Repository structure, administrative files and the 1532 "modules" interface. 1533 1534 Someone at your site should probably be on the info-cvs mailing list. 1535 See 1B.5. 1536 1537 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1538 1539 2. How do I configure the CVS programs? 1540 1541 You should certainly start by reading the README file, the INSTALL 1542 files and possibly the ChangeLogs in each directory, the Makefile.in 1543 files and the "cvsinit.sh" program. 1544 1545 Edit the "options.h" file in the "src" directory. 1546 1547 You might need to specify a few site-specific pieces of information 1548 including the names of a number of functions. 1549 1550 Hint1: You probably want to set the DIFF macro to use your version of 1551 the GNU diff program with the '-a' option. Ours is set to "gdiff -a". 1552 1553 Hint2: You want to use RCS 5.6.0.1 or greater and set the "HAVE_RCS5" 1554 macro. 1555 1556 Execute the ./configure command. 1557 1558 Type "make". 1559 1560 After running "make" you might try running the "sanity.sh" script: 1561 ./src/sanity.sh `pwd`/src/cvs 1562 1563 It writes into /tmp/cvs-sanity by default. 1564 1565 Finish reading the INSTALL file and test out the system. 1566 1567 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1568 1569 3. What do I have to install? 1570 1571 Install the "cvs" executable and "mkmodules" from the CVS sources. 1572 The man page is useful too. If you plan to report bugs, you should 1573 also install "cvsbug". 1574 1575 Make sure you have versions of all the programs mentioned in the 1576 options.h file, most of which are included in a standard Unix system. 1577 1578 Unless you plan to reimplement RCS [:-)], you must install RCS. 1579 1580 It is a very good idea to examine the RCS installation instructions 1581 and make sure you are using the GNU versions of "diff" and "diff3" or 1582 merges (an important part of CVS) will not work as well as you'd like. 1583 1584 Set your $CVSROOT environment variable and create the Repository 1585 (which you planned out in 4A.1) with the "cvsinit" command at the top 1586 of the CVS sources. 1587 1588 You'll need to edit the Repository control files created by 1589 "cvsinit". 1590 1591 Install any helper programs mentioned in the modules file. 1592 1593 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1594 1595 4. How do I work around the merge problems in GNU diff version 2.1 or 1596 later? 1597 1598 See 1B.4 If you use recent versions of RCS and "diff", you won't run 1599 into the above. If you do, see 5B.8 1600 1601 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1602 1603 Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Internal_errors/ 1604 1605 " + Internal errors" 1606 1607 1. Explain: "ci error: unexpected EOF in diff output" 1608 1609 RCS versions earlier than 5.5 print the above error when a file does 1610 not end in a newline character. It can be caused by: 1611 1612 - Editing with Emacs and not using "require-final-newline". 1613 - Committing a binary file. 1614 - Filesystem failures (NFS!) that put nulls in your file. 1615 1616 The solution is to upgrade to RCS 5.5 or later. (Of course, this won't 1617 fix filesystem failures. It will merely allow RCS (and therefore CVS) 1618 to handle the file without error.) 1619 1620 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1621 1622 2. Explain: "RCS file /Repository/module/file.c,v is in use" 1623 1624 This is an RCS error that occurs when its internal lock file has been 1625 left around by an RCS command interrupted by some sort of system 1626 crash, disk failure or SIGKILL signal. 1627 1628 Go into the Repository and look for files with names similar to 1629 "file.c,v", usually starting with ',', '_' or '#'. Make sure they are 1630 really crash remnants and do not belong to transactions in progress -- 1631 a recent last-modified timestamp is a good indicator of a live 1632 transaction. Delete them if they are old. 1633 1634 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1635 1636 3. Explain: "co error, line 2: Missing access list" 1637 1638 This is an error message from RCS Version 3 when it tries to read a 1639 file created by a later version of RCS. 1640 1641 HP decided to "standardize" on an ancient version of RCS some time 1642 ago. You can't use it for CVS. See 4H.6. 1643 1644 Since the error comes from having a later version of RCS than HP 1645 supports, you probably did install the later version but must have 1646 recently changed your $PATH or installed the HP package that has RCS 1647 in it. 1648 1649 You should either reconfigure CVS to use absolute pathnames to the 1650 proper versions of the RCS programs that CVS uses, or change your PATH 1651 to look there first. If you haven't installed the latest version of 1652 RCS, you should upgrade. See 1B.4 1653 1654 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1655 1656 4. Explain: "error: RCS file name `xyz .c' contains white space" 1657 1658 RCS 5.6 doesn't allow white space in filenames. Apparently this 1659 restriction will be removed in RCS 5.7, but CVS may still require that 1660 filenames have no white space in them. 1661 1662 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1663 1664 5. Explain: cvs checkout: warning: <X> is not (any longer) pertinent 1665 1666 This message occurs in three instances: 1667 1668 When there is an entry in the ./CVS/Entries for file <X> and there 1669 is no RCS file in the Repository to back it up. 1670 1671 If the working file exists, and hasn't changed (determined from the 1672 timestamp) it is removed. 1673 1674 When you try to check out a piece of the Repository with: 1675 1676 cvs checkout some/place/in/repository/tree 1677 1678 and at least the first element of the path (i.e. "some" in the above) 1679 exists, but some part of the rest of it does not. 1680 1681 The checkout command checks the modules file first for the whole path, 1682 then for a prefix of the path as a module name. If it doesn't find 1683 *any* portion of your path in the modules file, it says: 1684 1685 cvs checkout: cannot find module `<module/path>' - ignored 1686 1687 If it finds some set of prefix directories, it prints the message you 1688 see. 1689 1690 In practice this is usually a spelling error. 1691 1692 If the Repository files you are trying to check out or update are 1693 not readable by you, the same problems can occur. Check the 1694 permissions on the files involved. 1695 1696 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1697 1698 6. Why did a Repository file change from <file>,v to ,<file>,? 1699 1700 This is an RCS problem, since the ,<file>, syntax for file names is 1701 used by RCS and not CVS. 1702 1703 RCS constructs a new <file>,v in a temporary file named ,<file>, 1704 (which doubles as a lock file) then renames it to <file>,v when it is 1705 done. The only way this is reliable is if your system's version of 1706 rename(2) is an atomic, as required by POSIX. 1707 1708 If your system has a non-atomic (and therefore non-POSIX) rename(2) 1709 system call, RCS runs uses an internal version of this algorithm to 1710 approximate the atomic rename: 1711 1712 rm <file>,v; ln ,<file>, <file>,v; rm ,<file>, 1713 1714 If the system crashes, or you lose your NFS connection between the 1715 first "rm", but before the "ln", you can be left only with the 1716 ,<file>, file. If the crash or network failure occurs between the "ln" 1717 and the final "rm", you could be left with a pair of linked names. 1718 1719 Recovery: 1720 - If only the ,<file>, exists, rename it to <file>,v. 1721 1722 - If both ,<file>, and <file>,v exist and are linked, remove the 1723 ,<file>, file. 1724 1725 - If both ,<file>, and <file>,v exist and are separate files, look at 1726 the dates, "diff" them and make your best guess. This sounds like the 1727 remnants of two separate events. 1728 1729 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1730 1731 Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Other_Systems/ 1732 1733 " + Other Systems" 1734 1735 1. I use a NeXT. Is there anything I need to know? 1736 1737 NeXTSTEP 3.0's Interface Builder uses "nib" directories, rather than 1738 the files used in previous revisions. It removes files it doesn't 1739 recognize, making it impossible to place such a directory under CVS -- 1740 the CVS admin directory will be removed. 1741 1742 Some time ago, <Bob_Vadnais@pdh.com> posted a palette named CVSPalette 1743 that claimed to resolve this problem. It was intended to preserve the 1744 CVS administrative directories within nib documents (directories) that 1745 Interface Builder usually removes. 1746 1747 CVSPalette is no longer in its announced place: 1748 1749 ftp.cs.orst.edu:/pub/next/submissions 1750 1751 though I did find two other interesting files on ftp.cs.orst.edu: 1752 1753 /software/NeXT/sources/tools/cvs-next-2_1_1.tar.Z 1754 1755 which is a port of CVS 1.3 (along with RCS and diff) and: 1756 1757 /software/NeXT/sources/programming/cvs.postamble-2.4.gz 1758 1759 which appears to be a set of wrappers for CVS commands that claim to 1760 allow you to use CVS effectively (and without need for the "command 1761 line") on a NeXT machine. 1762 1763 [[Anyone know the truth about CVS and NeXT?]] 1764 1765 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1766 1767 2. I use OS/2 and/or DOS and/or Windows. Is there anything I need to know? 1768 1769 When using a local repository, be sure to specify the local access 1770 method or CVS will interpret the drive letter as a remote host name 1771 due to the : following it: 1772 1773 WRONG: CVSROOT=C:\SRC\CVSROOT 1774 1775 RIGHT: CVSROOT=:local:C:\SRC\CVSROOT 1776 1777 (larry.jones@sdrc.com) 1778 1779 You can share RCS files between Unix and DOS while avoiding the MS-DOS 1780 file name limits by setting your RCSINIT environment variable to 1781 '-x/,v'. New RCS files will be created without the standard ",v" 1782 suffix, though files ending in ",v" will still be found if there is no 1783 matching file in the same directory without the ",v". 1784 1785 Erik van Linstee offers an OS/2 and a DOS port of CVS 1.3 in: 1786 1787 ftp.informatik.tu-muenchen.de:/pub/comp/os/os2/gnu/devtools or 1788 ftp.rrzn.uni-hannover.de:/pub/os2-local 1789 1790 The files are named: 1791 1792 cvs13p?[bs].zip 1793 1794 Where the ? stands for the patch level (currently 8) and the b is for 1795 the binaries, the s for the sources. 1796 1797 There are three binaries. An OS/2 only one (32-bit), a DOS only one 1798 (16-bit) and an EMX one that runs on both (32-bit). 1799 1800 There are many differences between the Unix and the DOS versions of 1801 CVS. Read the material that comes with the DOS version before using 1802 it. 1803 1804 [[Updates?]]. 1805 1806 Last modified: _9/22/1997_ 1807 1808 3. I use SCO Unix. Is there anything I need to know? 1809 1810 On SCO/UNIX 3.2 V2.0 POSIX signals don't work. Unfortunately the 1811 configure program detects POSIXness and configures in the use of POSIX 1812 signals. Workaround : Edit out the check for POSIXness in the 1813 configure script. [[You could also remove all occurrences of 1814 "-DPOSIX=1" from the Makefiles after configure is run. -dgg-]] 1815 1816 SCO/UNIX doesn't understand #!/<some shell> syntax. This breaks the 1817 use of log.pl as it gets invoked by /bin/sh instead of 1818 !#/usr/local/bin/perl. WorkAround : edit log.pl and change it into a 1819 shell script which invokes perl with log.perl (renamed from log.pl) as 1820 input. 1821 Contributed by Joe Drumgoole 1822 1823 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1824 1825 4. I use AIX. Is there anything I need to know? 1826 1827 The only report on AIX claims to have no trouble using it in concert 1828 with SunOS and IRIX platforms. 1829 1830 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1831 1832 5. I use IRIX. Is there anything I need to know? 1833 1834 If you see "uid" numbers where you would expect user names, try adding 1835 -lsun to the link line. Without it CVS is unable to retrieve "passwd" 1836 data through NIS. 1837 1838 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1839 1840 6. I use an HP system. Is there anything I need to know? 1841 1842 HP distributes RCS version 3 (a circa 1983 release!) with HP-UX. CVS 1843 does not work with RCS version 3; it requires RCS version 4 or later. 1844 Your best bet is to find the latest version of RCS and install it 1845 somewhere. 1846 1847 HP-UX 8.07 has a serious bug with the mmap system call and NFS files; 1848 the bug can crash the operating system. Make sure that you configure 1849 RCS to avoid mmap by setting has_mmap to 0 in RCS's conf.h. This bug 1850 is fixed in HP-UX 9. 1851 1852 Contributed by Paul Eggert 1853 1854 If using the setgid() trick described in 4D.13, you will have to 1855 create an entry in the /etc/privgroup file to give the group assigned 1856 to the cvs executable setgid permission (see setprivgrp(1m)). 1857 Additionally, if you are restricting "read" access to the Repository 1858 by limiting access to the executable (this requires yet another 1859 group), then you will require that /etc/logingroup exists and is 1860 configured correctly (usually it's just alink to /etc/group). 1861 1862 Contributed by Dale Woolridge 1863 1864 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1865 1866 7. I use AFS. Is there anything I need to know? 1867 1868 There is a problem with the way CVS performs its locking when the 1869 files are within AFS. When your current PTS id != your uid, the locks 1870 are not deleted. The stat() system call returns the PTS id of the 1871 owner. If that id != your uid, CVS assumes you did not lock it, and 1872 leaves the lock files alone. The next time you try to use it, it 1873 complains that someone has the repository locked. 1874 1875 Contributed by Michael Ganzberger 1876 1877 [[This was against CVS 1.3. Is it still in CVS 1.4?]] 1878 1879 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1880 1881 8. I use A/UX. Is there anything I need to know? 1882 1883 [[??]] 1884 1885 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1886 1887 Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Related_Software/ 1888 1889 " + Related Software" 1890 1891 1. How do I use CVS under Emacs? Is there an Emacs cvs-mode? 1892 1893 The pcl-cvs package distributed with CVS is an emacs package that 1894 helps with the update/commit process. When you are ready to update, 1895 you use the 'cvs-update' command within emacs. This executes "update" 1896 and fills a cvs-mode buffer with a line for each file that changed. 1897 The most helpful features are: descriptive words for what happened 1898 (i.e. Merged or Conflict rather than 'U' or 'C'), single keys bound to 1899 diffs and commits, and the ability to mark arbitrary groups of files, 1900 possibly from different directories, for commit as a whole. 1901 1902 All the developers in my group that use emacs find pcl-cvs a much 1903 friendlier and more helpful way to update/commit than raw cvs. One vi 1904 user even converted to emacs just to use pcl-cvs. 1905 1906 Contributed by Jeffrey M Loomis 1907 1908 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1909 1910 2. What is GIC (Graphical Interface to CVS)? 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 GIC provides a graphical user interface to the Concurrent Version 1916 System (CVS), a powerful revision control system. GIC is 1917 implemented in the Tcl/Tk programming language and is intended to 1918 augment the sometimes cumbersome CVS command line interface. 1919 1920 Note that according to the official GIC page at 1921 http://www.cpsc.ucalgary.ca/redirect/grouplab/projects/gic/ 1922 GIC is no longer being maintained and tkCVS is recommended 1923 instead. For more on tkCVS, see http://www.cyclic.com/tkcvs/ 1924 1925 kingdon@cyclic.com 1926 1927 Last modified: _9/6/1997_ 1928 1929 3. What is CAVEMAN? 1930 1931 CAVEMAN is a front end to CVS written in PERL providing a collection 1932 of features desired by the site where it was developed. 1933 1934 - The ability to spread a "project" over multiple Repositories. 1935 - Optional automatic tagging after each commit. 1936 - Additional locking of files. 1937 - Extra before and after program hooks. 1938 - A layer of event logging. 1939 - All sorts of error messages. 1940 - Many changes to the semantics of commands. 1941 1942 It is available via anonymous ftp on ftp.llnl.gov [128.115.54.18] in 1943 gnu/caveman_vX.Y.Z.tar.gz (The numbers X, Y, & Z vary.) 1944 1945 contact Kathleen Dyer kdyer@llnl.gov 1946 (510)423-6803 1947 (510)423-5112 FAX 1948 1949 [[Does someone want to elaborate?]] 1950 1951 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 1952 1953 Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Setting_up_and_Manag/ 1954 1955 " + Setting up and Managing the Repository" 1956 1957 1. What do I do first? How do I create a Repository? 1958 1959 First, install all the programs. (See Section 4A.) 1960 1961 Then create a Repository by executing "cvs -d init". (This works with 1962 CVS 1.9.) 1963 1964 Now you can configure your repository by checking out CVSROOT: "cvs -d 1965 checkout CVSROOT". Change into the created directory CVSROOT. Edit the 1966 files you want to edit, and afterwards, commit the changes by typing 1967 "cvs commit". 1968 1969 You will certainly want to add modules of your own. Edit the "modules" 1970 file and add lines to describe the items you want to "checkout" by 1971 module name. Here's a short list that could be used for storing a 1972 small number of GNU and PD sources: 1973 1974 local local 1975 1976 gnu local/gnu 1977 emacs local/gnu/emacs 1978 cvs local/gnu/cvs 1979 1980 public local/public 1981 pdprog1 local/public/pdprog1 1982 pdprog2 local/public/pdprog2 1983 1984 test test 1985 junk test/junk 1986 1987 Andreas Kostyrka 1988 1989 Last modified: _4/21/1998_ 1990 1991 2. What are those files in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT? 1992 1993 There are eight Repository control (or "database") files of interest 1994 in the CVSROOT directory: 1995 1996 modules contains the "modules" database. See 1D.11, 2C.7, 4B.6 and 1997 4B.7 for more details. 1998 1999 commitinfo contains two columns: 1. a regular expression to match 2000 against pathnames within the Repository and 2001 2002 a <command> to execute for matching pathnames. 2003 2004 When you execute "commit", CVS passes the Repository pathname for each 2005 directory (and the files to commit within that directory) to 2006 <command>. If <command> exits with a non-zero status, the commit is 2007 blocked. 2008 2009 A <command> associated with a pathname of "DEFAULT" is executed if 2010 nothing else matches. Every <command> associated with a pathname of 2011 "ALL" is executed separately. 2012 2013 rcsinfo contains the same first column as commitinfo, but the second 2014 column is a template file for specifying the log entry you are 2015 required to enter for each commit. 2016 2017 "DEFAULT" and "ALL" work the same as in the commitinfo file. 2018 2019 editinfo contains the same two columns as commitinfo, but the 2020 <command> in the second column is intended to do some consistency 2021 checking on the commit log. 2022 2023 "DEFAULT" works as in commitinfo. 2024 2025 loginfo contains the same two columns as commitinfo, but the 2026 <command> is expected to read a log message from its standard input. 2027 The <command> can do anything it wants with the log information, but 2028 normally it is appended to a log file or sent to mailing lists. 2029 2030 "DEFAULT" & "ALL" work the same as in commitinfo. 2031 2032 cvsignore contains "ignore" patterns that are added to the built-in 2033 ignore list. See 2D.10. 2034 2035 checkoutlist contains a list of other files kept under RCS in 2036 $CVSROOT/CVSROOT that should be checked out by mkmodules to provide a 2037 readable copy. 2038 2039 history contains a stream of text records, one for each event that 2040 the "history" command is interested in. Though the contents of the 2041 history file can be read, it is intended to be read and displayed by 2042 the "history" command. This file is the only one in the above list 2043 that is not under RCS. 2044 2045 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2046 2047 3. Is there any other state stored in the Repository besides in the 2048 $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory? 2049 2050 Only in the RCS files. The Repository holds exactly two things: the 2051 tree of RCS files (each usually ending in ",v") and the CVSROOT 2052 directory described above. 2053 2054 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2055 2056 4. How do I put sources into the Repository? 2057 2058 There are three main ways to put files in the Repository: 2059 2060 Use the "import" command described in Section 3H. 2061 2062 This method is the fastest way to put trees of new code into the 2063 Repository and the *only* way to handle source releases from a 3rd 2064 party software vendor. 2065 2066 Use "add" followed by "commit". 2067 2068 This is how to add new files and directories to the Repository, a few 2069 at a time. Directories don't need to be committed. 2070 2071 You can move RCS files directly into the Repository. 2072 2073 You should create a directory hierarchy to hold them, but you can just 2074 move arbitrary ",v" files into the Repository. The only "state" in the 2075 Repository other than within ",v" files is in the required CVSROOT 2076 directory at the top of the Repository. 2077 2078 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2079 2080 5. What file permissions should I use on (and in) the Repository? 2081 2082 If you are using pserver (password-authenticated access), see below. 2083 2084 If you run a completely open environment (which usually means that you 2085 don't have, or don't want to waste, the time to deal with it): 2086 2087 - Set all directory permissions to 777. 2088 2089 - Have everyone set their umasks to 0. 2090 2091 (BTW, I don't suggest this. I am merely reporting it.) 2092 2093 If you are a normal Unix shop and want to use groups effectively: 2094 2095 - Set all the directory permissions in the Repository to 775. 2096 2097 If you are using a system that handles both System V and BSD 2098 filesystems, you might have to set the permissions to 2775.) 2099 2100 If you are using one of the many recent versions of Unix that don't 2101 allow you to use the full octal mode, then you'll have to type: chmod 2102 u=rwx,g=rwx,o=rx,g+s dir> 2103 2104 - Change all the groups on the directories to match the groups you 2105 want to write to various directories. 2106 2107 - Make sure every user is in the appropriate groups. 2108 2109 - Have everyone set their umask to 002, including root. 2110 2111 If you don't want non-group members to even read the files, do the 2112 above, but change: 2113 2114 - Repository directory permissions to 770. (or 2770) 2115 2116 - umasks to 007. 2117 2118 If you work in an environment where people can't be trusted to set 2119 their "umask" to something reasonable, you might want to set the umask 2120 for them: 2121 2122 mv /usr/local/bin/cvs /usr/local/bin/cvs.real 2123 cat > /usr/local/bin/cvs 2124 #!/bin/sh 2125 umask 2 # Or whatever your site standard is. 2126 exec /usr/local/bin/cvs.real ${1+"$@"} 2127 ^D 2128 2129 Pserver (Password-Authenticated Access) <blome@de.ibm.com> 2130 2131 The above suggestions are not valid when you use the pserver facility. 2132 Be sure to read and understand the manual section about this (should 2133 be 4.6.something). Above all: do /not/ make the repository and CVSROOT 2134 group writeable. In CVSROOT, make `history� group or world writeable 2135 instead. 2136 2137 I suggest creating one unix group per project group. In the 2138 repository, you would then create one directory for each group, group 2139 writeable. New projects must then be created in these group 2140 directories. If you don't want to say <group>/<project> on 2141 checkout, create a <project> module and point it there. 2142 2143 Last modified: _9/24/1998_ 2144 2145 6. How do I structure my Repository? 2146 2147 The Repository holds your software. It can be all interrelated or it 2148 can be a bunch of separately managed directories. 2149 2150 How you break a whole system down into its component parts, while 2151 defining interfaces between them, is one aspect of "Software 2152 Engineering", a discipline that requires the study of dozens of 2153 strange and wonderful areas of the computer and management worlds. 2154 2155 CVS provides a way to keep track of changes to individual files, a way 2156 to "tag" collections of files, and a way to "name" collections of 2157 files and directories. That's all. Everything else is in the way you 2158 apply it. 2159 2160 In other words, you should structure your Repository to match your 2161 needs, usually tied in with the other tools you use to build, install 2162 and distribute your work. Common needs include the ability to: 2163 2164 - mount (or automount) directories from many places in your 2165 organization. 2166 - check out just what you need and no more. 2167 - check out multiple sections in a fixed relation to each other. 2168 - check out large sections to match the assumptions built into your 2169 build system. (Makefiles?) 2170 2171 In my opinion, you should start small and keep everything in one tree, 2172 placing each major sub-system into a separate directory. Later, when 2173 you know what you are doing, you can make it more sophisticated. 2174 2175 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2176 2177 7. Why would anyone use "modules"? They are too restrictive. I want to be 2178 able to select just the files I want to edit. 2179 2180 Any form of structure is restrictive. If you believe that total chaos 2181 is a viable working paradigm, or if you believe you can keep track of 2182 the interrelations between all portions of your Repository in your 2183 head, then you can do what you please. 2184 2185 If you believe that systems of files require management and structure, 2186 then the "modules" idea is very useful. It is a way to impose a naming 2187 scheme on a tree of files, a naming scheme that can be simpler than a 2188 large list of relative pathnames. 2189 2190 The "modules" file represents a published interface to the Repository 2191 set up by your Repository Administrator. If s/he did a creditable job, 2192 the modules offered will be internally consistent and will smoothly 2193 interact with the rest of your environment. 2194 2195 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2196 2197 8. How do I rename a file or directory? What are the consequences? 2198 2199 In CVS there is no single "rename" command. 2200 2201 See 2C.4 for the suggested way to rename a file or directory. 2202 2203 The rest of this section covers some of the consequences of renaming. 2204 2205 A "renaming database" has been proposed that would keep track of name 2206 changes so that "update -r <tag>" would continue to work across the 2207 renaming. But as it stands, you have to pick one of the following 2208 options: 2209 2210 Use the technique described in 2C.4. (For each file, duplicate the 2211 file in the Repository, "remove" the old version so it winds up in the 2212 Attic and strip all Tags off the new version.) 2213 2214 - "update -r <tag>" produces the correct files. 2215 2216 - The duplicated revision history can be slightly misleading. 2217 2218 - A plain (i.e. without the "-r <tag>") "checkout" or "update -d" will 2219 create directories "renamed" this way, but you can delete it and a 2220 plain "update" won't bring it back. 2221 2222 Move the files and directories in the Repository to the new names. 2223 2224 - You save the revision history under a different file name. 2225 2226 - You save a little space. 2227 2228 - "update -r <tag>" produces the wrong files or directories. 2229 2230 This is not a good general solution, but if you plan never to look 2231 back (someone may be gaining on you!), it is sometimes a useful 2232 notion. 2233 2234 If you are clever with Makefiles, you might be able to rework them to 2235 handle either the new or old names, depending on which ones exist at 2236 the time. Then you can move an old <tag> onto the new, more 2237 sophisticated, revision of the Makefile. (Yes, this changes the 2238 "released" file if <tag> indicates a release. But it is an option.) 2239 2240 - Important Note: If you rename a directory, you must rename the 2241 corresponding directory in every checked-out working directory. At the 2242 same time, you must edit the pathname stored in the ./CVS/Repository 2243 file within each of the moved directories. 2244 2245 The easiest way to move a lot of directories around is to tell 2246 everyone to remove their working directories and check them out again 2247 from scratch. 2248 2249 - The file exists in the working directory and in the ./CVS/Entries 2250 file, but not in the Repository. For the old file, "update" prints: 2251 2252 cvs update: xyz.c is no longer in the repository 2253 2254 and deletes the file. If the file was modified, "update" prints: 2255 2256 cvs update: conflict: xyz.c is modified but no longer in the 2257 repository C xyz.c 2258 2259 and leaves the file alone. In the new directory, you see: 2260 2261 U xyz.c 2262 2263 as you would if someone else executed "add" and "commit". 2264 2265 For each file, copy the working file to a new name in the working 2266 directory and use the "cvs remove" to get rid of the old old file and 2267 "cvs add" to add the new one. Since there is no way for CVS to remove 2268 a directory, this only works for files. 2269 2270 - This is what most people think of first. Without a "rename" command, 2271 the remove/add technique seems obvious. 2272 2273 - You lose the connection of your new working file to its past 2274 revision history. 2275 2276 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2277 2278 9. What are "Attic" directories? 2279 2280 When you use the "remove" command on a file, CVS doesn't delete the 2281 file, it only registers your desire to delete it. 2282 2283 When you "commit" a removed file, CVS moves the Repository's matching 2284 RCS file into a sub-directory named "Attic" within the Repository. 2285 2286 Attic files are examined when the '-r' or '-D' option is used on 2287 "checkout" or "update". If the specified revision, tag or date matches 2288 one on a file in the Attic, that file is checked out with the others. 2289 2290 You can think of the Attic as a sort of dead branch, which is only 2291 looked at when you refer to a <tag> or <date>. 2292 2293 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2294 2295 10. Is it OK to remove anything from the Repository? 2296 2297 In general, removing anything from the Repository is a bad idea. The 2298 information in a deleted object is lost forever. There are many ways 2299 to skip over files, directories and revisions without deleting them. 2300 2301 Here are some of the consequences of removing the following things 2302 stored in the Repository: 2303 2304 CVSROOT files (Repository control files) 2305 2306 The Repository will work without any of them, but you should 2307 understand what you are losing by deleting them. See 4B.2. 2308 2309 Revisions 2310 2311 The only way to remove revisions is to use the "admin -o" command (or 2312 the equivalent RCS command "rcs -o"). 2313 2314 They are lost forever. Any tags formerly attached to deleted revisions 2315 are now pointing into the Phantom Zone. You'll need to contact Jor-el 2316 to get them back. 2317 2318 Files 2319 2320 You should not remove a file unless you truly never want to see it 2321 again. If you want to be able to check out an old revision of this 2322 file, use "cvs remove" instead. 2323 2324 Tags 2325 2326 Tags take up little space and you can't recover from deleting them. If 2327 you depend on tags for releases you will lose vital information. 2328 2329 Directories 2330 2331 There is no Attic for directories, so the only way to remove them is 2332 to use "rm -r". They are gone forever. 2333 2334 If you delete (or move) a directory, all checked-out versions of that 2335 directory will cause CVS to halt. You'll have to visit each 2336 checked-out directory and remove the matching working directory by 2337 hand. 2338 2339 Attic files 2340 2341 The "remove" command sends files to the Attic. To really delete them, 2342 you have to go into the Attic and use "rm". 2343 2344 If a file in the Attic has a Tag on it that you might ever want to 2345 check out again, you probably don't want to delete it. 2346 2347 Lock files (named: "#cvs.[wr]fl.<pid>") 2348 2349 These are lock files. If you are getting "lock" errors and the dates 2350 on the lock files indicate that they are old, you can delete them. 2351 2352 Deleting lock files still in use by a CVS process might produce 2353 unusual errors. 2354 2355 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2356 2357 11. Can I convert to CVS from RCS without losing my revision history? 2358 2359 Yes, you can simply move (or copy) your RCS files into a directory 2360 within the Repository, check out that directory and start working. 2361 2362 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2363 2364 12. Can I move RCS files with branches in them into the Repository? 2365 2366 Yes, but they may not work if you created branches in a way that 2367 conflicts with CVS's assumptions: 2368 2369 You can't use .0. branches. (They are reserved for "Magic" branch 2370 tags.) 2371 2372 If you use branch 1.1.1, you can't use the Vendor branch. 2373 2374 You can use other RCS branches under CVS. There is no need to create 2375 "magic" branch tags because the physical branch already exists. 2376 2377 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2378 2379 13. Can I use raw RCS commands on the Repository? 2380 2381 You can use raw rcs commands directly on the Repository if you take a 2382 little care. The Repository itself contains no "CVS state" (as opposed 2383 to RCS revision histories) outside the CVSROOT directory. 2384 2385 But using raw RCS commands to change branches, tags or other things 2386 that CVS depends on may render the files unusable. 2387 2388 See 4D.7 on RCS/CVS sharing of the Repository and Section 3B on the 2389 "admin" command. 2390 2391 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2392 2393 14. How do I convert from SCCS to RCS? 2394 2395 You'll have to execute something like "sccs2rcs" (in the CVS contrib 2396 directory) on every file. Then you can move the resulting RCS files 2397 into the Repository as described above. 2398 2399 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2400 2401 15. How do I limit access to the Repository? 2402 2403 There are all sorts of ways to restrict access to Repository files, 2404 none of which are hooked directly into CVS. 2405 2406 Techniques for limiting access include: 2407 2408 Training, management and good backups. 2409 2410 The best form of Repository control is a combination of: 2411 2412 - A reliable backup scheme (verify it!) 2413 - Enough training to ensure your developers are competent and 2414 knowledgeable about all areas of your sources. 2415 - Effective management of the boundaries and grey areas. 2416 2417 In many cases, technical solutions to "security" problems are 2418 inadequate. You should first try to avoid them. 2419 2420 Personal Opinion: In an environment where "unknowns" are allowed to 2421 touch important sources the "owner" of the CVS Repository must be a 2422 large, loud, vigorous lout with a well-balanced truncheon and the 2423 right to use it. Don't underestimate the effectiveness of letting 2424 everyone know they will be strapped into the stocks on the Town Common 2425 and pelted with vegetables if they break something they don't 2426 understand without first asking the experts. 2427 2428 Set Unix groups and permissions. See 4B.5. You can set different 2429 owners, groups and permissions for each sub-directory within the 2430 Repository if that helps. 2431 2432 Catch invocations of "commit" by defining pre-commit programs in the 2433 "commitinfo" file. This is fairly powerful, since it can block commits 2434 based on anything you can program. Take a look at the programs in the 2435 "contrib" directory of the CVS source tree. 2436 2437 Use multiple Repositories, each with its own protection scheme. If 2438 you use NFS (or AFS) you can even use "export" restrictions to various 2439 groups of machines to keep (for example) the Engineering Repository 2440 off the Customer Service machines. 2441 2442 Try the "setgid" trick described in 4D.13. 2443 2444 Try to use the RCS access control lists, though I don't think CVS 2445 will handle them cleanly. 2446 2447 Edit the source code to CVS to add your own access control. 2448 2449 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2450 2451 16. What are the Repository Administrator's responsibilities? 2452 2453 Generally, the Administrator should set "policy", create the 2454 Repository and monitor its size and control files. 2455 2456 Some specific responsibilities include: 2457 2458 Examining the Repository once in a while to clean up: 2459 2460 Trash files left by misguided developers who mistake the Repository 2461 for a working directory. 2462 2463 Non-RCS files. Other than the files CVS needs in the 2464 $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory, every file in the Repository should be an 2465 RCS file. 2466 2467 Lock files (both CVS '#*' and RCS ',*' files) left around after 2468 crashes. 2469 2470 Wrong permissions, groups and ownerships. 2471 2472 Locked files. (RCS locks, that is.) 2473 2474 Attic files that should never have been under CVS at all. Don't 2475 blindly delete files from Attic directories -- they were mostly put 2476 there (via the "cvs remove") for a reason. Files that should be 2477 deleted are binary files (e.g. '*.o', 'core', executables) that were 2478 mistakenly inserted by "import -I !". 2479 2480 Maintaining the modules file. 2481 2482 Storing site-specific ignore patterns in the 2483 $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvsignore file. 2484 2485 Storing the names of non-standard CVSROOT files (See 4B.2) in the 2486 $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/checkoutlist 2487 2488 Maintaining the other Repository control files: commitinfo, loginfo, 2489 rcsinfo and editinfo. 2490 2491 Pruning the history file every once in a while. (Try the 2492 "cln_hist.pl" script in the "contrib" directory.) 2493 2494 Staying aware of developments on the info-cvs mailing list and what 2495 is available in the FTP and WWW archives. 2496 2497 Running "ps ax" once in a while and kill off any "update" programs 2498 not running as "root". It is too easy to leave the "cvs" off the front 2499 of the "cvs update" command. 2500 2501 Executing monitor programs to check the internal consistency of the 2502 Repository files. Ideas: 2503 2504 Files that have a default RCS branch that is not 1.1.1 (From an 2505 abuse of "admin -b".) 2506 2507 Files that have only Revisions 1.1 and 1.1.1.1, with a default 2508 branch of "MAIN". (From an abuse of "admin -o".) 2509 2510 Existing branch tags and various branch consistency checks. 2511 2512 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2513 2514 17. How do I move the whole Repository? 2515 2516 Copy or move the tree. (On Unix systems, a set of piped "tar" commands 2517 works great. If the Repository does not contain any symlinks, which it 2518 normally doesn't, you can also use "cp -r".) 2519 2520 If you can avoid changing $CVSROOT (i.e. the "logical" pathname of the 2521 Repository) by replacing the old location with a symbolic link to the 2522 new location, you don't have to do anything else. 2523 2524 (You could also mount the new location on top of the old location if 2525 you are using NFS or some other filesystem that allows it.) 2526 2527 If you must change $CVSROOT, you must also tell everyone to change the 2528 CVSROOT environment variable in all running shells and in any personal 2529 configuration files ('.' files on Unix) where it is set. 2530 2531 The Repository itself contains no references to its own name, except 2532 possibly in some of the files in the CVSROOT directory. If your 2533 modules (or loginfo, commitinfo, etc.) file mentions helper programs 2534 directly in the Repository, you'll have to change the pathnames to 2535 point to the new Repository location. 2536 2537 The main changes you'll have to make are to all the CVS administrative 2538 files (./CVS/Repository and ./CVS/Root) in every working directory 2539 ever checked out from the previous location of the Repository you just 2540 moved. 2541 2542 You have three choices: 2543 2544 If all ./CVS/Repository files in all working directories contain 2545 relative pathnames, you don't have to do anything else. 2546 2547 Have everyone "release" or delete their working directories (after 2548 committing, or just saving, their work) and check them all out again 2549 from the new Repository after the move. 2550 2551 Use "find . ( -name Repository -o -name Root )" and a PERL or shell 2552 script to run through all the ./CVS/Repository and ./CVS/Root files 2553 and edit the values in the files. 2554 2555 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2556 2557 18. How do I change permissions on a file in the Repository by using a CVS 2558 command? (i.e. without using "chmod 777 $CVSROOT/dir/file") 2559 2560 When you first "import" or "add"/"commit" a file, the read and execute 2561 bits on the Repository file are inherited from the original source 2562 file, while the write bits on the Repository file are are turned off. 2563 This is a standard RCS action. 2564 2565 After that, there is no way to alter the permissions on a file in the 2566 Repository using CVS (or RCS) commands. You have to change the 2567 permissions on both your working file and on the Repository file from 2568 which it was retrieved. 2569 2570 Whenever you "checkout" the file or retrieve a new revision via 2571 "update" (or after a "commit"), your working file is set to match the 2572 permissions of the Repository file, minus any "umask" bits you have 2573 set. 2574 2575 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2576 2577 Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Tricks_of_the_Trade/ 2578 2579 " + Tricks of the Trade" 2580 2581 1. How can you even check in binary files, let alone allow CVS to do its 2582 auto-merge trick on them? 2583 2584 2585First of all, if you want to use binary files, you should get RCS 5.7 2586and CVS 1.9 or later (earlier versions had some support, but there have been 2587bug fixes). Secondly, follow the instructions for installing RCS very 2588carefully (it is easy to get it installed so it works for everything 2589except binary files). 2590 2591Then, specify 'cvs add -kb' instead of just 'cvs add' to add a binary 2592file. If you want to set an existing file to binary, run 'cvs admin 2593-kb' (and then check in a new copy of the file). Note that old 2594versions of CVS used -ko instead of -kb for binary files, so if you 2595see a reference to -ko in the context of binary files, you should 2596think -kb instead. 2597 2598Of course when 'cvs update' finds that a merge is needed, it can't 2599do this for binary files the same way as for text files. With the 2600latest versions (e.g. CVS 1.9.14), it should be able to give you both 2601versions and let you merge manually. Another approach is to 2602run 'cvs admin -l' to lock files, as described in 2603"How can I lock files while I'm working on them the way RCS does?" 2604elsewhere in this FAQ. See also 2605"Is there any way to import binary files?" and 2606"How do I "add" a binary file?" elsewhere in this FAQ. 2607 2608kingdon@cyclic.com 2609 2610 Last modified: _9/6/1997_ 2611 2612 2. Can I edit the RCS (",v") files in the Repository? 2613 2614 Yes, but be very careful. The RCS files are not free-form files, they 2615 have a structure that is easily broken by hand-editing. The only time 2616 I would suggest doing this is to recover from emergency failures that 2617 are difficult to deal with using CVS commands, including the "admin" 2618 command, which can talk directly to RCS. 2619 2620 Though no one actively encourages the editing of RCS files, many 2621 people have succumbed to the urge to do so when pressed for time. The 2622 reasons given, usually with evident contrition, include: 2623 2624 - Editing mistakes in, or adding text to, log entries. (If you have 2625 RCS 5.6 or later, you should use `cvs admin -m'.) 2626 - Renaming or moving symbolic names. (You should `cvs admin -N' 2627 instead.) 2628 - Unlocking a file by changing the "locker" from someone else to 2629 yourself. (It's safer to use `cvs admin -u -l'.) 2630 - Making global changes to past history. Example: Eradicating former 2631 employees names from old documents and Author entries. (And someone 2632 thought the "history" command was evidence of Big Brother! I never 2633 realized how much help a wide-open revision control system could have 2634 provided to The Ministry of Truth.) 2635 2636 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2637 2638 3. Can I edit the ./CVS/{Entries,Repository,Tag} files? 2639 2640 Yes, but with CVS 1.3 and later, there is almost no reason to edit any 2641 of the CVS administrative files. 2642 2643 If you move pieces of your Repository around it can be faster to edit 2644 all the ./CVS/Repository files rather than checking out a large tree. 2645 But that is nearly the only reason to do so. 2646 2647 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2648 2649 4. Someone executed "admin -o" and removed revisions to which tags/symbols 2650 were attached. How do I fix them? 2651 2652 It depends on what you mean by "fix". I can think of three ways to fix 2653 your predicament: 2654 2655 Remove the tags. 2656 2657 Assuming you really wanted to get rid of the revision and its 2658 associated tags, you can remove them with the "admin" command. The 2659 "tag -d" command will only remove tags attached to existing revisions. 2660 You can remove a tag, even if it is attached to a non-existent 2661 revision, by typing: 2662 2663 cvs admin -N<tag> <file> 2664 2665 Retrieve the outdated revision. 2666 2667 You should first look in your backup system for recent versions of the 2668 file. If you can't use them, you can carefully extract each revision 2669 that followed the earliest outdated revision using RCS (or "cvs 2670 admin") commands and reconstruct the file with all the right 2671 revisions, branches and tags. This is a lot of work. 2672 2673 You *can't* insert a revision into the current RCS file. 2674 2675 Move the Tags to another revision in each file. 2676 2677 If you want to move the tags to another valid revision, you have two 2678 choices, both of which require that you find all the revision numbers 2679 of the files you want to "tag" and execute the following command 2680 sequences on each <file>. 2681 2682 Use "update" to grab the revision you want, then execute a normal 2683 "tag" command to Tag that revision: 2684 2685 cvs update -r <rev> <file> 2686 cvs tag <tag> <file> 2687 2688 Use "admin" to set the tag to a specific revision: 2689 2690 cvs admin -N<tag>:<rev> <file> 2691 2692 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2693 2694 5. How do I move or rename a magic branch tag? 2695 2696 (To rename a non-branch <tag> see 3O.9.) 2697 2698 Before reading this, read 3M.3 and 3M.4 and understand exactly how tag 2699 and rtag use '-r' and why it won't do the right job here. 2700 2701 First, I have to explain exactly what a magic branch tag is. 2702 2703 A magic <branch_tag> is an artificial tag attached to a non-existent 2704 revision on a non-existent branch number zero. It looks like this: 2705 2706 TAG1:<X>.0.Y 2707 2708 <X> is the "branch point revision", a normal revision with an 2709 odd number of '.'s in it. (e.g. 1.5, 1.3.1.6, etc) 2710 2711 Y is an even number (e.g. 2, 4, 6, etc.) All CVS branches, 2712 other than the Vendor branch, are even numbered. 2713 2714 TAG1 is considered by CVS to be attached to revision <X>. The first 2715 "update -r TAG1 <file>" after applying TAG1 will produce a copy of 2716 revision <X> with a sticky tag of TAG1. The first "commit" to that 2717 file will cause CVS to construct an RCS branch named <X>.Y and check 2718 in revision <X>.Y.1 on the new branch. 2719 2720 Note: TAG1 is *not* considered to be attached to <X> by RCS, which 2721 explains why you can't refer directly to the branch point revision for 2722 some CVS commands. 2723 2724 Moving a magic <branch_tag> is the act of reapplying the same tag to 2725 different revisions in the file: 2726 2727 TAG1:<X>.0.Y 2728 to 2729 TAG1:<X>.0.Z or TAG1:<A>.0.B 2730 2731 You can move a magic branch tag to the revisions of your choice by 2732 using "update" to find the revisions you want to tag and reapplying 2733 the tag to all the files with the '-F' option to force it to move the 2734 existing <branch_tag>. 2735 2736 cvs update -r <tag/rev> (or '-A' for the Main Branch) 2737 cvs tag -F -b <branch_tag> 2738 2739 If the earlier location of TAG1 refers to a physical branch within any 2740 RCS file, moving it will make the existing branch in the file seem to 2741 disappear from CVS's view. This is not a good idea unless you really 2742 want to forget the existence of those RCS branches. 2743 2744 If the "update" above retrieves the original branch point revision 2745 (<X>), the "tag" command above will create the tag: 2746 2747 TAG1:<X>.0.Z 2748 2749 Where Z is 2 greater than the highest magic branch already on revision 2750 <X>. The TAG1 branch will still have the same branch point (i.e. 2751 revision <X>), but the first commit to the new TAG1 branch will create 2752 a different RCS branch number (<X>.Z instead of <X>.Y). 2753 2754 Renaming a magic <branch_tag> is the act of changing 2755 2756 TAG1:<X>.0.Y 2757 to 2758 TAG2:<X>.0.Y 2759 2760 There is no harm in changing a tag name as long as you forget that 2761 TAG1 ever existed and you clean up any working directories with sticky 2762 TAG1 tags on them by using "update -A", "update -r <other_tag>" or by 2763 removing the working directories. 2764 2765 On the other hand, actually changing the tag is not easy. 2766 2767 See 3M.3 for why the seemingly obvious solution won't work: 2768 2769 cvs tag -b -r <old_branch_tag> <new_branch_tag> 2770 2771 The only direct way to rename a magic tag is to use the "admin" 2772 command on each file: (You might want to use '-n'. Read "man rcs" and 2773 look at the '-n' and '-N' options.) 2774 2775 cvs admin -N<new_branch_tag>:<old_branch_tag> . 2776 cvs tag -d <old_branch_tag> 2777 2778 But you have to be careful because "admin" is different from other CVS 2779 commands: 2780 2781 "admin" can be used recursively, but only by specifying directory 2782 names in its argument list (e.g. '.'), 2783 2784 Where "rtag -r <old_branch_tag>" would interpret <old_branch_tag> as 2785 a magic CVS branch tag, "admin" is a direct interface to RCS which 2786 sees a magic branch tag as a simple (though non-existent) RCS revision 2787 number. 2788 2789 This is good for us in this particular case, but different from normal 2790 CVS. 2791 2792 "admin" also skips the Attic and produces different kinds of errors 2793 than CVS usually does. (Because they are coming directly from RCS.) 2794 2795 The other way to rename a magic <branch_tag> is to edit the Repository 2796 files with a script of some kind. I've done it in the past, but I'll 2797 leave it as an exercise for the reader. 2798 2799 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2800 2801 6. Can I use RCS locally to record my changes without making them globally 2802 visible by committing them? 2803 2804 You can, but it will probably confuse CVS to have ",v" files in your 2805 working directory. And you will lose all your log entries when you 2806 finally commit it. 2807 2808 Your best bet is to create your own CVS branch and work there. You can 2809 commit as many revisions as you want, then merge it back into the main 2810 line (or parent branch) when you are finished. 2811 2812 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2813 2814 7. How can I allow access to the Repository by both CVS and RCS? 2815 2816 The first step is to try not to. If some people are using CVS, there 2817 is no reason for everyone not to. It is not hard to learn the basics 2818 and CVS makes certain operations *easier* than a series of RCS 2819 commands. Personal preference in what software tools can be applied to 2820 a shared Repository has to take second place to system integration 2821 needs. If you disagree, try writing some Lisp code for inclusion in 2822 your Unix kernel and see what kind of reception you get. 2823 2824 If you really must allow routine RCS access to the CVS Repository, you 2825 can link an RCS sub-directory into a piece of the Repository: 2826 2827 ln -s /Repository/some/directory/I/want RCS 2828 2829 and RCS will work just fine. 2830 2831 Those who are using RCS will have to keep the following in mind: 2832 2833 If a file was originally added to the Repository by "import" and has 2834 not been changed using CVS, the *RCS* default branch will remain 2835 attached to the Vendor branch, causing revisions checked-in by "ci" to 2836 wind up on the Vendor branch, instead of the main branch. Only CVS 2837 moves the RCS default branch on first commit. 2838 2839 The way around this is to checkin (using "ci") all the files first and 2840 move them into the Repository. That way they won't have Vendor 2841 branches. Then RCS will work OK. 2842 2843 It is possible to use "rcs" and "ci" to make the files unusable by 2844 CVS. The same is true of the CVS "admin" command. 2845 2846 Normal RCS practice locks a file on checkout with "co -l". In such 2847 an environment, RCS users should plan to keep survival gear and food 2848 for at least 30 days near their desks. When faced with bizarre and 2849 unexpected permission errors, howling mobs of slavering CVS users will 2850 run the RCS users out of town with pitchforks and machetes. 2851 2852 See 3C.8 for a way to avoid machetes aroused by lock collisions. 2853 2854 Though files checked in by RCS users will correctly cause 2855 "up-to-date" failures during CVS "commits" and they will be 2856 auto-merged into CVS working directories during "update", the opposite 2857 won't happen. 2858 2859 RCS users will get no warning and will not be required to merge older 2860 work into their code. They can easily checkin an old file on top of a 2861 new revision added by CVS, discarding work committed earlier by CVS 2862 users. 2863 2864 See the howling mob scenario described above. 2865 2866 RCS is great. I have used it for years. But I wouldn't mix it this 2867 way. In a two-camp society, you are asking for real trouble, both in 2868 technical hassles to clean up and in political hassles to soothe. 2869 Branch merges will also be a major problem. 2870 2871 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2872 2873 8. I "updated" a file my friend, "bubba", committed yesterday. Why doesn't 2874 the file now have a modified date of yesterday? 2875 2876 CVS restores dates from the RCS files only on first "checkout". After 2877 that, it is more important to maintain a timestamp relative to the 2878 other files in the working directory. 2879 2880 Example: You committed a source file at 5PM. Bubba updated his copy of 2881 the file, grabbing your changes, then changed and committed a new 2882 revision of the file at 6PM. At 7PM, you compile your file. Then you 2883 execute "update". If CVS sets the date to the one in the RCS file, the 2884 file would be given a timestamp of 6PM and your Makefile wouldn't 2885 rebuild anything that depended on it. Bad news. 2886 2887 Note that the same logic applies to retrieving a revision out of the 2888 Repository to replace a deleted file. If CVS changes your file in an 2889 existing working directory, whether it was because a new revision was 2890 committed by someone else or because you deleted your working file, 2891 the timestamp on the retrieved working file *must* be set to the 2892 current time. 2893 2894 When you first retrieve a file, there is no reason to expect any 2895 particular timestamp on the file within your working area. But later, 2896 when dependency checking is performed during a build, it is more 2897 important for the timestamps on the local files to be consistent with 2898 each other than than it is for working files to match the timestamps 2899 on the files in the Repository. See 4D.17 for some more about 2900 timestamps. 2901 2902 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2903 2904 9. Why do timestamps sometimes get set to the date of the revision, 2905 sometimes not? The inconsistency causes unnecessary recompiles. 2906 2907 The "checkout" command normally sets the timestamp of a working file 2908 to match the timestamp stored on the revision in the Repository's RCS 2909 file. 2910 2911 The "commit" command retains the timestamp of the file, if the act of 2912 checking it in didn't change it (by expanding keywords). 2913 2914 The "update" command sets the time to the revision time the first time 2915 it sees the file. After that, it sets the time of the file to the 2916 current time. See 4D.8 for a reason why. 2917 2918 Here's a two-line PERL program to set timestamps on files based on 2919 other timestamps. I've found this program useful. When you are certain 2920 you don't want a source file to be recompiled, you can set its 2921 timestamp to the stamp on the object file. 2922 2923 #!/usr/local/bin/perl 2924 # 2925 # Set timestamp of args 2nd-Last to that of the first arg. 2926 # 2927 ($dev,$ino,$mode,$nlink,$uid,$gid,$rdev,$size,$atime,$mtime,$ctime) 2928 = stat(shift); 2929 utime($atime,$mtime,@ARGV); 2930 2931 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2932 2933 10. While in the middle of a large "commit", how do I run other commands, 2934 like "diff" or "stat" without seeing lock errors? 2935 2936 Type: 2937 cvs -n <command> 2938 2939 The '-n' option to the main cvs command turns off lock checking, a 2940 reasonable act for read-only commands given the promise offered by 2941 '-n' not to alter anything. The "diff", "log" and "stat" commands 2942 provide the same information (for files that are not being committed) 2943 when used with and without the '-n' option. 2944 2945 Warning: Ignoring locks can produce inconsistent information across a 2946 collection of files if you are looking at the revisions affected by an 2947 active commit. Be careful when creating "patches" from the output of 2948 "cvs -n diff". If you are looking only at your working files, tagged 2949 revisions, and BASE revisions (revisions whose numbers are read from 2950 your ./CVS/Entries files), you should get consistent results. Of 2951 course, if you catch a single file in the middle of RCS activity, you 2952 might get some strange errors. 2953 2954 Note that the suggested command is "cvs -n <command>". The visually 2955 similar command "cvs <command> -n" has no relation to the suggested 2956 usage and has an entirely different meaning for each command. 2957 2958 "cvs -n update" also works in the middle of a commit, providing 2959 slightly different information from a plain "cvs update". But, of 2960 course, it also avoids modifying anything. 2961 2962 You could also use the RCS functions, "rlog" and "rcsdiff" to display 2963 some of the information by referring directly to the Repository files. 2964 2965 You need RCS version 5 or later for the commands described above to 2966 work reliably. 2967 2968 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 2969 2970 11. Where did the ./CVS/Entries.Static file come from? What is it for? 2971 2972 Each CVS working directory contains a ./CVS/Entries file listing the 2973 files managed by CVS in that working directory. Normally, if the 2974 "update" command finds a file in the Repository that is not in the 2975 ./CVS/Entries file, "update" copies the appropriate revision of the 2976 "new" file out of the Repository and adds the filename to the Entries 2977 file. This happens for files: 2978 2979 Added to the Repository from another working directory. 2980 2981 Dragged out of the Attic when switching branches with "update -A" or 2982 "update -r". 2983 2984 Whose names were deleted from the ./CVS/Entries file. 2985 2986 If the ./CVS/Entries.Static file exists, CVS will only bring out 2987 revisions of files that are contained in either ./CVS/Entries or 2988 ./CVS/Entries.Static. If a Repository file is found in *neither* file, 2989 it is ignored. 2990 2991 The ./CVS/Entries.Static file is created when you check out an 2992 individual file or a module that creates working directories that 2993 don't contain all files in the corresponding Repository directory. In 2994 those cases, without an ./CVS/Entries.Static file, a simple "update" 2995 would bring more files out of the Repository than the original 2996 "checkout" wanted. 2997 2998 The ./CVS/Entries.Static file can be removed by hand. It is 2999 automatically removed if you run "update -d" to create new directories 3000 (even if no new directories are created). (Internally, since 3001 "checkout" turns on the '-d' flag and calls the "update" routine, a 3002 "checkout" of a module or directory that writes into an existing 3003 directory will also remove the ./CVS/Entries.Static file.) 3004 3005 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3006 3007 12. Why did I get the wrong Repository in the loginfo message? 3008 3009 You probably: 3010 3011 Use multiple Repositories. 3012 3013 Configured CVS to use absolute pathnames in the ./CVS/Repository 3014 file. 3015 3016 Configured CVS not to use the ./CVS/Root file. 3017 3018 Typed the "commit" command in one Repository with your $CVSROOT 3019 pointing at another. 3020 3021 "commit" and all other CVS commands will heed an absolute pathname in 3022 the ./CVS/Repository file (or in the "-d CVSrootdir" override), but 3023 the log function doesn't take arguments -- it just looks at $CVSROOT. 3024 3025 If you avoid even one of the four steps above, you won't see this 3026 problem. If you configure ./CVS/Root, you won't be allowed to execute 3027 the program causing the error. 3028 3029 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3030 3031 13. How do I run CVS setuid so I can only allow access through the CVS 3032 program itself? 3033 3034 Setuid to root is not a great idea. Any program that modifies files 3035 and is used by a widely distributed group of users is not a good 3036 candidate for a setuid program. (The worst suggestion I've ever heard 3037 was to make *Emacs* setuid to root.) 3038 3039 Root access on Unix is too powerful. Also, it might not work in some 3040 (secure?) environments. 3041 3042 Running it setuid to some user other than root might work, if you add 3043 this line to main.c near the beginning: 3044 3045 setuid(geteuid()); 3046 3047 Otherwise it uses *your* access rights, rather than the effective 3048 uid's. 3049 3050 Also, you have to invent a fake user whose name will show up in 3051 various places. But many sites, especially those who might want a 3052 setuid CVS for "security", want personal accountability -- no generic 3053 accounts. I don't know whether accountability outweighs file security. 3054 3055 And finally, unless you take action to limit the "admin" command, you 3056 are leaving yourself unprotected anyway. 3057 3058 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3059 3060 14. How about using groups and setgid() then? 3061 3062 Here is a way to run CVS setgid in some environments: 3063 3064 Stick this near the front of the main() in main.c: 3065 3066 setgid(getegid()); 3067 3068 This will allow "access" to work on systems where it only works on the 3069 real gid. 3070 3071 Create a group named "cvsg". (This example uses "cvsg". You can name 3072 it as you wish.) 3073 3074 Put *no* users in the "cvsg" group. You can put Repository 3075 administrators in this group if you want to. 3076 3077 Set the cvs executable to setgid (not setuid): 3078 3079 cd /usr/local/bin; chown root.cvsg cvs; chmod 2755 cvs 3080 3081 Make sure every file in the Repository is in group "cvsg": 3082 3083 chown -R root.cvsg $CVSROOT 3084 3085 Change all directory permissions to 770. This allows all access to 3086 the files by the "cvsg" group (which has no members!) and no access at 3087 all to anyone else. 3088 3089 find $CVSROOT -type d -exec chmod 2770 {} \; 3090 3091 On some systems you might have to type: 3092 3093 find $CVSROOT -type d -exec chmod u=rwx,g=rwx,o=,g+s {} \; 3094 3095 This should allow only the cvs program (or other "setgid to group 3096 cvsg") programs to write into the area, but no one else. Yes the user 3097 winds up owning the file, but s/he can't find it again later since 3098 s/he can't traverse the tree. (If you enable the world execute bit 3099 (mode 2771) on directories, users can traverse the tree and the user 3100 who last wrote the file can still write to it.) 3101 3102 If you want to allow read access, check out an entire tree somewhere. 3103 You have to do this anyway to build it. 3104 3105 Note: If you are using a stupid file system that can't inherit file 3106 groups from the parent directory (even with the "setgid" (Octal 2000) 3107 bit set), you might have to modify CVS (or RCS) to reset the group 3108 every time you create a new file. I have not tested this. 3109 3110 The setgid() method shares with the setuid() method the problem of 3111 keeping "admin" from breaking things. 3112 3113 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3114 3115 15. How do I use the "commitinfo" file? 3116 3117 Go read 4B.2 first. 3118 3119 The "commitinfo" file allows you to execute "sanity check" functions 3120 before allowing a commit. If any function called from within the 3121 commitinfo file exits with a non-zero status, the commit is denied. 3122 3123 To fill out a "commitinfo" file, ask yourself (and those sharing your 3124 Repository) these questions: 3125 3126 - Is there anything you want to check or change before someone is 3127 allowed to commit a file? If not, forget commitinfo. 3128 3129 If you want to serialize binary files, you might consider something 3130 like the rcslock.pl program in the contrib directory of the CVS 3131 sources. 3132 3133 - Do you want to execute the same exact thing before committing to 3134 every file in the Repository? (This is useful if you want to program 3135 the restrictions yourself.) If so, set up a single line in the 3136 commitinfo: 3137 3138 DEFAULT /absolute/path/to/program 3139 3140 CVS executes the program once for each directory that "commit" 3141 traverses, passing as arguments the directory and the files to be 3142 committed within that directory. 3143 3144 Write your program accordingly. Some examples exist in the contrib 3145 directory. 3146 3147 - Do you want a different kind of sanity check performed for different 3148 directories? If so, you'll have to decide what to do for all 3149 directories and enter lines like this: 3150 3151 regexp1 /absolute/path/to/program-for-regexp1 3152 regexp2 /absolute/path/to/program-for-regexp2 3153 DEFAULT /absolute/path/to/program-for-all-else 3154 3155 - Is there anything you want to happen before *all* commits, in 3156 addition to other pattern matches? If so, include a line like this: 3157 3158 ALL /absolute/path/to/program 3159 3160 It is executed independently of all the above. And it's repeatable -- 3161 you can have as many ALL lines as you like. 3162 3163 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3164 3165 16. How do I use the "loginfo" files? 3166 3167 See 4B.2 and the "commitinfo" question above. 3168 3169 The "loginfo" file has the same format as the "commitinfo" file, but 3170 its function is different. Where the "commitinfo" information is used 3171 before a commit, the "loginfo" file is used after a commit. 3172 3173 All the commands in the "loginfo" file should read data from standard 3174 input, then either append it to a file or send a message to a mailing 3175 list. If you want to make it simple, you can put shell (the shell used 3176 by "popen(3)") command lines directly in the "loginfo" (or 3177 "commitinfo") file. These seem to work: 3178 3179 ^special /usr/ucb/Mail -s %s special-mailing-list ^other /usr/ucb/Mail 3180 -s %s other-mailing-list DEFAULT (echo '===='; echo %s; cat) > 3181 /path/name/to/log/file 3182 3183 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3184 3185 17. How can I keep people with restrictive umask values from blocking 3186 access to the Repository? 3187 3188 If a user creates a new file with restricted permissions (e.g. 0600), 3189 and commits it, the Repository will have a file in it that is 3190 unreadable by everyone. The 0600 example would be unreadable by 3191 *anyone* but root and the user who created it. 3192 3193 There are 3 solutions to this: 3194 3195 Let it happen. This is a valid way to protect things. If everyone is 3196 working alone, a umask of 077 is OK. If everyone is working only in 3197 small groups, a umask of 007 is OK. 3198 3199 Train your users not to create such things if you expect to share 3200 them. 3201 3202 See 4B.5 for a small script that will reset the umask. 3203 3204 I personally don't like the idea of a program automatically 3205 *loosening* security. It would be better for you all to talk about the 3206 issue and decide how to work together. 3207 3208 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3209 3210 Category: /Commands_/ 3211 3212 " Commands " 3213 3214 Category: /Commands_/add_ad_new/ 3215 3216 " + "add", "ad", "new"" 3217 3218 1. What is "add" for? 3219 3220 To add a new directory to the Repository or to register the desire to 3221 add a new file to the Repository. 3222 3223 The directory is created immediately, while the desire to add the file 3224 is recorded in the local ./CVS administrative directory. To really add 3225 the file to the Repository, you must then "commit" it. 3226 3227 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3228 3229 2. How do I add a new file to the branch I'm working on? 3230 3231 The user actions for adding a file to any branch, including the Main 3232 Branch, are exactly the same. 3233 3234 You are in a directory checked out (or updated) with the '-A' option 3235 (to place you on the Main Branch) or the "-r <branch_tag>" option (to 3236 place you on a branch tagged with <branch_tag>). To add <file> to the 3237 branch you are on, you type: 3238 3239 cvs add <file> 3240 cvs commit <file> 3241 3242 If no ./CVS/Tag file exists (the '-A' option deletes it), the file 3243 will be added to the Main Branch. If a ./CVS/Tag file exists (the "-r 3244 <branch_tag>" option creates it), the file will be added to the branch 3245 named (i.e. tagged with) <branch_tag>. 3246 3247 Unless you took steps to first add the file to the Main Branch, your 3248 new file ends up in the Attic. 3249 3250 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3251 3252 3. Why did my new file end up in the Attic? 3253 3254 The file is thrown into the Attic to keep it from being visible when 3255 you check out the Main Branch, since it was never committed to the 3256 Main Branch. 3257 3258 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3259 3260 4. Now that it's in the Attic, how do I connect it to the Main branch? 3261 3262 That can be considered a kind of "merge". See 4C.8 3263 3264 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3265 3266 5. How do I avoid the hassle of reconnecting an Attic-only file to the Main 3267 Branch? 3268 3269 You create it on the Main Branch first, then branch it. 3270 3271 If you haven't yet added the file or if you decided to delete the new 3272 Attic file and start over, then do the following: (If you added the 3273 file (or worse, the 157 files) to the Attic and don't want to start 3274 over, try the procedure in 4C.8.) 3275 3276 Temporarily remove the sticky branch information. Either: 3277 3278 Move the whole directory back to the Main Branch. [This might not be 3279 a good idea if you have modified files, since it will require a merge 3280 in each direction.] 3281 3282 cvs update -A 3283 3284 *or* 3285 3286 Move the ./CVS/Tag file out of the way. 3287 3288 mv ./CVS/Tag HOLD_Tag 3289 3290 Add and branch the file "normally": 3291 3292 cvs add <file> 3293 cvs commit <file> 3294 cvs tag -b <branch_tag> <file> 3295 3296 [<branch_tag> is the same Branch Tag as you used on all the other 3297 files. Look at ./CVS/Entries or the output from "cvs stat" for sticky 3298 tags.] 3299 3300 Clean up the temporary step. 3301 3302 If you moved the ./CVS/Tag file, put it back. Then move the new file 3303 onto the branch where you are working. 3304 3305 mv HOLD_Tag ./CVS/Tag 3306 cvs update -r <branch_tag> <file> 3307 3308 If you ran "update -A" rather than moving the ./CVS/Tag file, move 3309 the whole directory (including the new file) back onto the branch 3310 where you were working: 3311 3312 cvs update -r <branch_tag> 3313 3314 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3315 3316 6. How do I cancel an "add"? 3317 3318 If you want to remove the file entirely and cancel the "add" at the 3319 same time, type: 3320 3321 cvs remove -f <file> 3322 3323 If you want to cancel the "add", but leave the file as it was before 3324 you typed "cvs add", then you have to fake it: 3325 3326 mv <file> <file>.hold 3327 cvs remove <file> 3328 mv <file>.hold <file> 3329 3330 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3331 3332 7. What are the ./CVS/file,p and ./CVS/file,t files for? 3333 3334 The ./CVS/file,p and ./CVS/file,t files are created by the "add" 3335 command to hold command line options and message text between the time 3336 of the "add" command and the expected "commit". 3337 3338 The ./CVS/file,p file is always null, since its function was absorbed 3339 by the "options" field in the ./CVS/Entries file. If you put something 3340 in this file it will be used as arguments to the RCS "ci" command that 3341 commit uses to check the file in, but CVS itself doesn't put anything 3342 there. 3343 3344 The ./CVS/file,t file is null unless you specify an initial message in 3345 an "add -m 'message'" command. The text is handed to "rcs -i 3346 -t./CVS/file,t" to create the initial RCS file container. 3347 3348 Both files must exist to commit a newly added file. If the 3349 ./CVS/file,p file doesn't exist, CVS prints an error and aborts the 3350 commit. If the ./CVS/file,t file doesn't exist, RCS prints an error 3351 and CVS gets confused, but does no harm. 3352 3353 To recover from missing ,p and ,t files, just create two zero-length 3354 files and rerun the "commit". 3355 3356 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3357 3358 8. How do I "add" a binary file? 3359 3360 If you configured CVS to use the GNU version of "diff" and "diff3", 3361 you only need to turn off RCS keyword expansion. 3362 3363 First you turn off RCS keyword expansion for the initial checkin by 3364 using "add -ko". It works like "update -ko" in creating a "sticky" 3365 option only for the copy of the file in the current working directory. 3366 3367 cvs add -ko <file> 3368 3369 Commit the file normally. The sticky -ko option will be used. 3370 3371 cvs commit <file> 3372 3373 Then mark the RCS file in the Repository so that keyword expansion is 3374 turned off for all checked out versions of the file. 3375 3376 cvs admin -ko <file> 3377 3378 Since "admin -ko" records the keyword substitution value in the 3379 Repository's RCS file, you no longer need the sticky option. You can 3380 turn it off with the "update -A" command, but if you were on a branch, 3381 you'll have to follow it "update -r <branch_tag>" to put yourself back 3382 on the branch. 3383 3384 Managing that binary file is another problem. See 4D.1. 3385 3386 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3387 3388 Category: /Commands_/admin_adm_rcs/ 3389 3390 " + "admin", "adm", "rcs"" 3391 3392 1. What is "admin" for? 3393 3394 To provide direct access to the underlying "rcs" command (which is not 3395 documented in this FAQ) bypassing all safeguards and CVS assumptions. 3396 3397 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3398 3399 2. Wow! Isn't that dangerous? 3400 3401 Yes. 3402 3403 Though you can't hurt the internal structure of an RCS file using its 3404 own "rcs" command, you *can* change the underlying RCS files using 3405 "admin" in ways that CVS can't handle. 3406 3407 If you feel the need to use "admin", create some test files with the 3408 RCS "ci" command and experiment on them with "rcs" before blasting any 3409 CVS files. 3410 3411 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3412 3413 3. What would I normally use "admin" for? 3414 3415 Normally, you wouldn't use admin at all. In unusual circumstances, 3416 experts can use it to set up or restore the internal RCS state that 3417 CVS requires. 3418 3419 You can use "admin -o" (for "outdate") to remove revisions you don't 3420 care about. This has its own problems, such as leaving dangling Tags 3421 and confusing the "update" command. 3422 3423 There is some feeling among manipulators of binary files that "admin 3424 -l" should be used to serialize access. See 3C.8. 3425 3426 An interesting use for "admin" came up while maintaining CVS itself. I 3427 import versions of CVS onto the Vendor branch of my copy of CVS, make 3428 changes to some files and ship the diffs (created by "cvs diff -c -r 3429 TO_BRIAN") off to Brian Berliner. After creating the diff, I retag 3430 ("cvs tag -F TO_BRIAN") the working directory, which is then ready to 3431 produce the next patch. 3432 3433 I'll use "add.c" as an example (only because the name is short). 3434 3435 When the next release came out, I discovered that the released "add.c" 3436 (version 1.1.1.3 on the Vendor branch) was exactly the same as my 3437 modified file (version 1.3). I didn't care about the changelog on 3438 versions 1.2 and 1.3 (or the evidence of having done the work), so I 3439 decided to revert the file to the state where it looked like I had not 3440 touched the file -- where I was just using the latest on the vendor 3441 branch after a sequence of imports. 3442 3443 To do that, I removed all the revisions on the main branch, except for 3444 the original 1.1 from which the Vendor branch sprouts: 3445 3446 cvs admin -o1.2: add.c 3447 3448 Then I set the RCS "default branch" back to the Vendor branch, the way 3449 import would have created it: 3450 3451 cvs admin -b1.1.1 add.c 3452 3453 And I moved the "TO_BRIAN" Tag to the latest revision on the Vendor 3454 branch, since that is the base from which further patches would be 3455 created (if I made any): 3456 3457 cvs admin -NTO_BRIAN:1.1.1.3 add.c 3458 3459 Instead of 1.1.1.3, I could have used one of the "Release Tags" last 3460 applied by "import" (3rd through Nth arguments). 3461 3462 Suggestion: Practice on non-essential files. 3463 3464 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3465 3466 4. What should I avoid when using "admin"? 3467 3468 If you know exactly what you are doing, hack away. But under normal 3469 circumstances: 3470 3471 Never use "admin" to alter branches (using the '-b' option), which CVS 3472 takes very seriously. If you change the default branch, CVS will not 3473 work as expected. If you create new branches without using the "tag 3474 -b" command, you may not be able to treat them as CVS branches. 3475 3476 See 3C.8 for a short discussion of how to use "admin -l" for 3477 serializing access to binary files. 3478 3479 The "admin -o <file>" allows you to delete revisions, usually a bad 3480 idea. You should commit a correction rather than back out a revision. 3481 Outdating a revision is prone to all sorts of problems: 3482 3483 Discarding data is always a bad idea. Unless something in the 3484 revision you just committed is a threat to your job or your life, 3485 (like naming a function "<boss's name>_is_a_dweeb", or including the 3486 combination to the local Mafioso's safe in a C comment), just leave it 3487 there. No one cares about simple mistakes -- just commit a corrected 3488 revision. 3489 3490 The time travel paradoxes you can cause by changing history are not 3491 worth the trouble. Even if CVS can't interfere with your parents' 3492 introduction, it *can* log commits in at least two ways (history and 3493 loginfo). The reports now lie -- the revision referred to in the logs 3494 no longer exists. 3495 3496 If you used "import" to place <file> into CVS, outdating all the 3497 revisions on the Main branch back to and including revision 1.2 (or 3498 worse, 1.1), will produce an invalid CVS file. 3499 3500 If the <file>,v file only contains revision 1.1 (and the connected 3501 branch revision 1.1.1.1), then the default branch must be set to the 3502 Vendor branch as it was when you first imported the file. Outdating 3503 back through 1.2 doesn't restore the branch setting. Despite the above 3504 admonition against it, "admin -b" is the only way to recover: 3505 3506 cvs admin -b1.1.1 <file> 3507 3508 Although you can't outdate a physical (RCS) branch point without 3509 removing the whole branch, you *can* outdate a revision referred to by 3510 a magic branch tag. If you do so, you will invalidate the branch. 3511 3512 If you "outdate" a tagged revision, you will invalidate all uses of 3513 the <tag>, not just the one on <file>. A tag is supposed to be 3514 attached to a consistent set of files, usually a set built as a unit. 3515 By discarding one of the files in the set, you have destroyed the 3516 utility of the <tag>. And it leaves a dangling tag, which points to 3517 nothing. 3518 3519 And even worse, if you commit a revision already tagged, you will 3520 alter what the <tag> pointed to without using the "tag" command. For 3521 example, if revision 1.3 has <tag> attached to it and you "outdate" 3522 the 1.3 revision, <tag> will point to a nonexistent revision. Although 3523 this is annoying, it is nowhere near as much trouble as the problem 3524 that will occur when you commit to this file again, recreating 3525 revision 1.3. The old tag will point to the new revision, a file that 3526 was not in existence when the <tag> was applied. And the discrepancy 3527 is nearly undetectable. 3528 3529 If you don't understand the above, you should not use the admin 3530 command at all. 3531 3532 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3533 3534 5. How do I restrict the "admin" command? The -i flag in the modules file 3535 can restrict commits. What's the equivalent for "admin"? 3536 3537 At this writing, to disable the "admin" command, you will have to 3538 change the program source code, recompile and reinstall. 3539 3540 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3541 3542 6. I backed out a revision with "admin -o" and committed a replacement. Why 3543 doesn't "update" retrieve the new revision? 3544 3545 CVS is confused because the revision in the ./CVS/Entries file matches 3546 the latest revision in the Repository *and* the timestamp in the 3547 ./CVS/Entries file matches your working file. CVS believes that your 3548 file is "up-to-date" and doesn't need to be updated. 3549 3550 You can cause CVS to notice the change by "touch"ing the file. 3551 Unfortunately what CVS will tell you is that you have a "Modified" 3552 file. If you then "commit" the file, you will bypass the normal CVS 3553 check for "up-to-date" and will probably commit the revision that was 3554 originally removed by "admin -o". 3555 3556 Changing a file without changing the revision number confuses CVS no 3557 matter whether you did it by replacing the revision (using "admin -o" 3558 and "commit" or raw RCS commands) or by applying an editor directly to 3559 a Repository (",v") file. Don't do it unless you are absolutely 3560 certain no one has the latest revision of the file checked out. 3561 3562 The best solution to this is to institute a program of deterrent 3563 flogging of abusers of "admin -o". 3564 3565 The "admin" command has other problems." See 3B.4 above. 3566 3567 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3568 3569 Category: /Commands_/checkout_co_get/ 3570 3571 " + "checkout", "co", "get"" 3572 3573 1. What is "checkout" for? 3574 3575 To acquire a copy of a module (or set of files) to work on. 3576 3577 All work on files controlled by CVS starts with a "checkout". 3578 3579 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3580 3581 2. What is the "module" that "checkout" takes on the command line? 3582 3583 It is a name for a directory or a collection of files in the 3584 Repository. It provides a compact name space and the ability to 3585 execute before and after helper functions based on definitions in the 3586 modules file. 3587 3588 See 1D.11. 3589 3590 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3591 3592 3. Isn't a CVS "checkout" just a bunch of RCS checkouts? 3593 3594 Like much of CVS, a similar RCS concept is used to support a CVS 3595 function. But a CVS checkout is *not* the same as an RCS checkout. 3596 3597 Differences include: 3598 3599 CVS does not lock the files. Others may access them at the same 3600 time. 3601 3602 CVS works best when you provide a name for a collection of files (a 3603 module or a directory) rather than an explicit list of files to work 3604 on. 3605 3606 CVS remembers what revisions you checked out and what branch you are 3607 on, simplifying later commands. 3608 3609 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3610 3611 4. What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"? 3612 3613 The "checkout" and "update" commands are nearly equivalent in how they 3614 treat individual files. They differ in the following ways: 3615 3616 The "checkout" command always creates a directory, moves into it, 3617 then becomes equivalent to "update -d". 3618 3619 The "update" command does not create directories unless you add the 3620 '-d' option. 3621 3622 "Update" is intended to be executed within a working directory 3623 created by "checkout". It doesn't take a module or directory argument, 3624 but figures out what Repository files to look at by reading the files 3625 in the ./CVS administrative directory. 3626 3627 The two commands generate completely different types of records in 3628 the "history" file. 3629 3630 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3631 3632 5. Why can't I check out a file from within my working directory? 3633 3634 Though you *can* check out a file, you normally check out a module or 3635 directory. And you normally do it only once at the beginning of a 3636 project. 3637 3638 After the initial "checkout", you can use the "update" command to 3639 retrieve any file you want within the checked-out directory. There is 3640 no need for further "checkout" commands. 3641 3642 If you want to retrieve another module or directory to work on, you 3643 must provide two pathnames: where to find it in the Repository and 3644 where to put it on disk. The "modules" file and your current directory 3645 supply two pieces of naming information. While inside a checked-out 3646 working directory, the CVS administrative information provides most of 3647 the rest. 3648 3649 You should be careful not to confuse CVS with RCS and use "checkout" 3650 in the RCS sense. An RCS "checkout" (which is performed by the RCS 3651 "co" command) is closer to a "cvs update" than to a "cvs checkout". 3652 3653 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3654 3655 6. How do I avoid dealing with those long relative pathnames? 3656 3657 This question has also been phrased: 3658 3659 How do I avoid all those layers of directories on checkout? or Why do 3660 I have to go to the top of my working directory and checkout some long 3661 pathname to get a file or two? 3662 3663 This type of question occurs only among groups of people who decide 3664 not to use "modules". The answer is to use "modules". 3665 3666 When you hand the "checkout" command a relative pathname rather than a 3667 module name, all directories in the path are created, maintaining the 3668 same directory hierarchy as in the Repository. The same kind of 3669 environment results if you specify a "module" that is really an alias 3670 expanding into a list of relative pathnames rather than a list of 3671 module names. 3672 3673 If you use "module" names, "checkout" creates a single directory by 3674 the name of the module in your current directory. This "module" 3675 directory becomes your working directory. 3676 3677 The "module" concept combines the ability to "name" a collection of 3678 files with the ability to structure the Repository so that consistent 3679 sets of files are checked out together. It is the responsibility of 3680 the Repository Administrators to set up a modules file that describes 3681 the software within the Repository. 3682 3683 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3684 3685 7. Can I move a checked-out directory? Does CVS remember where it was 3686 checked out? 3687 3688 Yes and Yes. 3689 3690 The ./CVS/Repository file in each working directory contains a 3691 pathname pointing to the matching directory within the Repository. The 3692 pathname is either absolute or relative to $CVSROOT, depending on how 3693 you configured CVS. 3694 3695 When you move a checked-out directory, the CVS administrative files 3696 will move along with it. As long as you don't move the Repository 3697 itself, or alter your $CVSROOT variable, the moved directory will 3698 continue to be usable. 3699 3700 CVS remembers where you checked out the directory in the "history" 3701 file, which can be edited, or even ignored if you don't use the 3702 "working directory" information displayed by the "history" command. 3703 3704 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3705 3706 8. How can I lock files while I'm working on them the way RCS does? 3707 3708 Until the day arrives of the all-powerful merge tool, there are still 3709 files that must be accessed serially. For those instances, here's a 3710 potential solution: 3711 3712 Install a pre-commit program in the "commitinfo" file to check for 3713 RCS locks. The program "rcslock.pl" performs this function. It can be 3714 found in the contrib directory of the CVS source distribution. 3715 3716 When you want to make a change to a file you know can't be merged, 3717 first use "cvs admin -l" to lock the file. If you can't acquire the 3718 lock, use the standard "locked out" protocol: go talk to the person 3719 holding the lock. 3720 3721 Make sure the pre-commit program prints a message and exits with a 3722 non-zero status if someone besides the user running "commit" has the 3723 file locked. This non-zero exist status will cause the "commit" to 3724 fail cleanly. 3725 3726 Make sure the pre-commit program exits with a zero status if the 3727 file is either unlocked or locked by the user running "commit". The 3728 "cvs commit" command that kicked off the pre-commit program will take 3729 a zero exist status as an OK and checkin the file, which has the 3730 side-effect of unlocking it. 3731 3732 ===> The following is opinion and context. Don't read it if you are 3733 looking for a quick fix. 3734 3735 The topic of locking CVS files resurfaces on the network every so 3736 often, producing the same results each time: 3737 3738 The Big Endians: 3739 3740 CVS was designed to avoid locks, using a copy-modify-merge model. 3741 Locking is not necessary and you should take the time to learn the CVS 3742 model which many people find workable. So why not get with the program 3743 and learn how to think the CVS way? 3744 3745 The Little Endians: 3746 3747 The users determine how a tool is to be used, not the designers. We, 3748 the users, have always used locking, our bosses demand locking, 3749 locking is good, locking is God. I don't want to hear any more 3750 lectures on the CVS model. Make locking work. 3751 3752 Any organization making active changes to a source base will 3753 eventually face the need to do parallel development. Parallel 3754 development implies merges. (If you plan to keep separate copies of 3755 everything and never merge, good luck. Tell me who you work for so I 3756 can buy stock in your disk suppliers this year and sell your stock 3757 short next year.) 3758 3759 Merges will never go away. CVS chose to make "merges" stand front and 3760 center as an important, common occurrence in development. It is one 3761 way of looking at things. 3762 3763 For free-format text, the merge paradigm gives you a considerable 3764 amount of freedom. It does take a bit of management, but any project 3765 should be ready to deal with it. 3766 3767 On the other hand, there are many files that can't be merged using 3768 text merge techniques. Straight text merge programs like "diff3" are 3769 guaranteed to fail on executables (with relative branch statements), 3770 files with self-referential counts stored in the file (such as TAGS 3771 files), or files with relative motion statements in them (such as 3772 Frame MIF files, many postscript files). They aren't all binary files. 3773 3774 For these types of files, and many others, there are only two 3775 solutions: 3776 3777 Complex merge tools that are intimately aware of the contents of the 3778 files to be merged. (ClearCase, and probably others, allow you to 3779 define your own "files types" with associated "merge tools".) 3780 3781 Serialization of access to the file. The only technical solution to 3782 the problem of serialization is "locking". 3783 3784 Since you can call a program that offers: 3785 3786 "Which one do you want? A/B?" 3787 3788 a "merge tool", more and more merge tools will appear which can be 3789 hooked into a merge-intensive program like CVS. Think of a bitmap 3790 "merge" tool that displays the bitmaps on the screen and offers a 3791 "paint" interface to allow you to cut and paste, overlay, invert or 3792 fuse the two images such that the result is a "merged" file. 3793 3794 My conclusion is that the need for locking is temporary, awaiting 3795 better technology. For large development groups, locking is not an 3796 alternative to merging for text files. 3797 3798 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3799 3800 9. What is "checkout -s"? How is it different from "checkout -c"? 3801 3802 The '-c' and '-s' options to "checkout" both cause the modules file to 3803 appear on standard output, but formatted differently. 3804 3805 "checkout -c" lists the modules file alphabetized by the module name. 3806 It also prints all data (including options like '-a' and "-o <prog>") 3807 specified in the modules file. 3808 3809 "checkout -s" lists the modules file sorted by "status" field, then by 3810 module name. The status field was intended to allow you to mark 3811 modules with strings of your choice to get a quick sorted report based 3812 on the data you chose to put in the status fields. I have used it for 3813 priority ("Showstopper", etc as tied into a bug database), for porting 3814 status ("Ported", "Compiled", etc. when porting a large collection of 3815 modules), for "assignee" (the person responsible for maintenance), and 3816 for "test suite" (which automatic test procedure to run for a 3817 particular module). 3818 3819 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3820 3821 Category: /Commands_/commit_ci_com/ 3822 3823 " + "commit", "ci", "com"" 3824 3825 1. What is "commit" for? 3826 3827 To store new revisions in the Repository, making them visible to other 3828 users. 3829 3830 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3831 3832 2. If I edit ten files, do I have to type "commit" ten times? 3833 3834 No. The "commit" command will take multiple filenames, directory names 3835 and relative pathnames on the command line and commit them all with 3836 the same log message. If a file is unchanged, even if it is explicitly 3837 listed on the command line, CVS will skip it. 3838 3839 Like all CVS commands, "commit" will work on the whole directory by 3840 default. Just type "cvs commit" to tell CVS to commit all modified 3841 files (i.e. the files that "update" would display preceded by 'M') in 3842 the current directory and in all sub-directories. 3843 3844 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3845 3846 3. Explain: cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `<file>' 3847 3848 You may not "commit" a file if your BASE revision (i.e. the revision 3849 you last checked out, committed or retrieved via "update") doesn't 3850 match the HEAD revision (i.e the latest revision on your branch, 3851 usually the Main Branch). 3852 3853 In other words, someone committed a revision since you last executed 3854 "checkout", "update" or "commit". You must now execute "update" to 3855 merge the other person's changes into your working file before 3856 "commit" will work. You are thus protected (somewhat) from a common 3857 form of race condition in source control systems, where a checkin of a 3858 minor alteration of a second copy of the same base file obliterates 3859 the changes made in the first. 3860 3861 Normally, the "update" command's auto-merge should be followed by 3862 another round of building and testing before the "commit". 3863 3864 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3865 3866 4. What happens if two people try to "commit" conflicting changes? 3867 3868 Conflicts can occur only when two developers check out the same 3869 revision of the same file and make changes. The first developer to 3870 commit the file has no chance of seeing the conflict. Only the second 3871 developer runs into it, usually when faced with the "Up-to-date" error 3872 explained in the previous question. 3873 3874 There are two types of conflicts: 3875 3876 When two developers make changes to the same section of code, the 3877 auto-merge caused by "update" will print a 'C' on your terminal and 3878 leave "overlap" markers in the file. 3879 3880 You are expected to examine and clean them up before committing the 3881 file. (That may be obvious to *some* of you, but . . .) 3882 3883 A more difficult problem arises when two developers change different 3884 sections of code, but make calls to, or somehow depend on, the old 3885 version of each other's code. 3886 3887 The auto-merge does the "right" thing, if you view the file as a 3888 series of text lines. But as a program, the two developers have 3889 created a problem for themselves. 3890 3891 This is no different from making cross-referential changes in 3892 *separate* files. CVS can't help you. In a perfect world, you would 3893 each refer to the specification and resolve it independently. In the 3894 real world you have to talk/argue, read code, test and debug until the 3895 combined changes work again. 3896 3897 Welcome to the world of parallel development. 3898 3899 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3900 3901 5. I committed something and I don't like it. How do I remove it? 3902 3903 Though you *can* use the "admin -o" (synonym: "rcs -o") command to 3904 delete revisions, unless the file you committed is so embarrassing 3905 that the need to eradicate it overrides the need to be careful, you 3906 should just grab an old version of the file ("update -p -r 3907 <previous-rev>" might help here) and commit it on top of the offending 3908 revision. 3909 3910 See Section 3B on "admin". 3911 3912 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 3913 3914 6. Explain: cvs commit: sticky tag `V3' for file `X' is not a branch 3915 3916 The message implies two things: 3917 3918 You created your working directory by using "checkout -r V3", or you 3919 recently executed "update -r V3". 3920 3921 The tag named V3 is not a branch tag. 3922 3923 CVS records (i.e. makes "sticky") any "-r <tag/rev>" argument handed 3924 to the "checkout" or "update" commands. The <tag/rev> is recorded as 3925 the CVS working branch, which is the branch to which "commit" will add 3926 a new revision. 3927 3928 Branch tags are created when you use the -b switch on the "tag" or 3929 "rtag" commands. Branch tags are magic tags that don't create a 3930 physical branch, but merely mark the revision to branch from when the 3931 branch is needed. The first commit to a magic branch creates a 3932 physical branch in the RCS files. 3933 3934 You can commit onto the end of the Main Trunk, if you have no sticky 3935 tag at all, or onto the end of a branch, if you have a sticky branch 3936 tag. But you can't commit a file that has a sticky tag not pointing to 3937 a branch. CVS assumes a sticky Tag or Revision that does not refer to 3938 a branch is attached to the middle of a series of revisions. You can't 3939 squeeze a new revision between two others. Sticky dates also block 3940 commits since they never refer to a branch. 3941 3942 Scenario1: 3943 3944 If you don't want a branch and were just looking at an old revision, 3945 then you can move back to the Main Branch by typing: 3946 3947 cvs update -A {files or dirs, default is '.'} 3948 3949 or you can move to the branch named <branch_tag> by: 3950 3951 cvs update -r <branch_tag> {files or dirs, default is '.'} 3952 3953 Scenario2: 3954 3955 If you really wanted to be on a branch and made an earlier mistake by 3956 tagging your branch point with a non-branch tag, you can recover by 3957 adding a new branch tag to the old non-branch tag: 3958 3959 cvs rtag -b -r <oldtag> <newtag> <module> 3960 3961 (It was not a big mistake. Branch-point tags can be useful. But the 3962 <newtag> must have a different name.) 3963 3964 If you don't know the <module> name or don't use "modules", you can 3965 also use "tag" this way: 3966 3967 cvs update -r <oldtag> 3968 cvs tag -b <newtag> . 3969 3970 Then, to put your working directory onto the branch, you type: 3971 3972 cvs update -r <newtag> 3973 3974 You can't delete <oldtag> before adding <newtag>, and I would not 3975 advise deleting the <oldtag> at all, because it is useful in referring 3976 to the branch point. If you must, you can delete the non-branch tag 3977 by: 3978 3979 cvs rtag -d <oldtag> <module> 3980 or 3981 cvs tag -d <oldtag> . 3982 3983 Scenario3: 3984 3985 If you made the same mistake as in Scenario2 (of placing a non-branch 3986 tag where you wanted a branch tag), but really want <oldtag> to be the 3987 name of your branch, you can execute a slightly different series of 3988 commands to rename it and move your working directory onto the branch. 3989 3990 Warning: This is not a way to rename a branch tag. It is a way to turn 3991 a non-branch tag into a branch tag with the same name. 3992 3993 cvs rtag -r <oldtag> <branch_point_tag> <module> 3994 cvs rtag -d <oldtag> <module> 3995 cvs rtag -b -r <branch_point_tag> <oldtag> <module> 3996 3997 Then, if you really must, delete the <branch_point_tag>: 3998 3999 cvs rtag -d <branch_point_tag> <module> 4000 4001 Note: The unwieldy mixture of "tag" and "rtag" is mostly because you 4002 can't specify a revision (-r <tag>) to the "tag" command. 4003 4004 See 4C.3 for more info on creating a branch. 4005 4006 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4007 4008 7. Why does "commit -r <tag/rev>" put newly added files in the Attic? 4009 4010 If you specify "-r <rev>" (where <rev> is a dotted numeric number like 4011 2.4), it correctly sets the initial revision to <rev>, but it also 4012 attaches the numeric <rev> as a sticky tag and throws the file into 4013 the Attic. This is a bug. The obvious solution is to move the file out 4014 of the Attic into the associated Repository directory and "update -A" 4015 the file. There are no Tags to clean up. 4016 4017 If you specify "-r <tag>" to commit a newly added file, the <tag> is 4018 treated like a <branch_tag>, which becomes a symbolic RCS label 4019 pointing to the string '1', which can be considered to be the "Main 4020 branch number" when the main branch is still at revision 1.N. The file 4021 is also thrown into the Attic. See 4C.8 for a way to recover from 4022 this. 4023 4024 In fact, a plain "commit" without the "-r" will throw a newly added 4025 file into the Attic if you added it to a directory checked out on a 4026 branch. See 3A.[2-5]. 4027 4028 See Section 4C, on Branching, for many more details. 4029 4030 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4031 4032 8. Why would a "commit" of a newly added file not produce rev 1.1? 4033 4034 When committing a newly added file CVS looks for the highest main 4035 branch major number in all files in the ./CVS/Entries file. Normally 4036 it is '1', but if you have a file of revision 3.27 in your directory, 4037 CVS will find the '3' and create revision 3.1 for the first rev of 4038 <file>. Normally, the first revision is 1.1. 4039 4040 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4041 4042 Category: /Commands_/diff_di_dif/ 4043 4044 " + "diff", "di", "dif"" 4045 4046 1. What is "diff" for? 4047 4048 To display the difference between a working file and its BASE 4049 revision (the revision last checked out, updated or committed): 4050 4051 cvs diff <file> 4052 4053 To display the difference between a working file and a committed 4054 revision of the same file: 4055 4056 cvs diff -r <tag/rev> <file> 4057 4058 To display the difference between two committed revisions of the 4059 same file: 4060 4061 cvs diff -r <tag1/rev1> -r <tag2/rev2> <file> 4062 4063 You can specify any number of <file> arguments. Without any <file> 4064 arguments, it compares the whole directory. 4065 4066 In the examples above, "-D <date>" may be substituted wherever "-r 4067 <tag/rev>" appears. The revision a <date> refers to is the revision 4068 that existed on that date. 4069 4070 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4071 4072 2. Why did "diff" display nothing when I know there are later committed 4073 revisions in the Repository? 4074 4075 By default, "diff" displays the difference between your working file 4076 and the BASE revision. If you haven't made any changes to the file 4077 since your last "checkout", "update" or "commit" there is no 4078 difference to display. 4079 4080 To display the difference between your working file and the latest 4081 revision committed to your current branch, type: 4082 4083 cvs diff -r HEAD <file> 4084 4085 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4086 4087 3. How do I display what changed in the Repository since I last executed 4088 "checkout", "update" or "commit"? 4089 4090 A special tag (interpreted by CVS -- it does not appear in the Tag 4091 list) named "BASE" always refers to the revision you last checked out, 4092 updated or committed. Another special tag named "HEAD" always refers 4093 to the latest revision on your working branch. 4094 4095 To compare BASE and HEAD, you type: 4096 4097 cvs diff -r BASE -r HEAD <file> 4098 4099 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4100 4101 4. How do I display the difference between my working file and what I 4102 checked in last Thursday? 4103 4104 cvs diff -D "last Thursday" <file> 4105 4106 where "last Thursday" is a date string. To be more precise, the 4107 argument to the '-D' option is a timestamp. Many formats are accepted. 4108 See the man page under "-D date_spec" for details. 4109 4110 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4111 4112 5. Why can't I pass long options, like --unified, to "diff"? 4113 4114 CVS only handles single character '-X' arguments, not the FSF long 4115 options. CVS also passes through only arguments it knows about, 4116 because a few arguments are captured and interpreted by CVS. 4117 4118 If you didn't configure RCS and CVS to use the GNU version of diff, 4119 long options wouldn't work even if future versions of CVS acquire the 4120 ability to pass them through. 4121 4122 Most of the long options have equivalent single-character options, 4123 which do work. The "--unified" option is equivalent to '-u' in 4124 revisions of GNU diff since 1.15. 4125 4126 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4127 4128 Category: /Commands_/export_exp_ex/ 4129 4130 " + "export", "exp", "ex"" 4131 4132 1. What is "export" for? 4133 4134 "export" checks out a copy of a module in a form intended for export 4135 outside the CVS environment. The "export" command produces the same 4136 directory and file structure as the "checkout" command, but it doesn't 4137 create "CVS" sub-directories and it removes all the RCS keywords from 4138 the files. 4139 4140 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4141 4142 2. Why does it remove the RCS keywords so I can't use the "ident" command 4143 on the source files? 4144 4145 It removes the RCS keywords, so that if the recipient of the exported 4146 sources checks them into another set of RCS files (with or without 4147 CVS), and then makes modifications through RCS or CVS commands, the 4148 revision numbers that they had when you exported them will be 4149 preserved. (That ident no longer works is just an unfortunate side 4150 effect.) 4151 4152 The theory is that you are exporting the sources to someone else who 4153 will make independent changes, and at some point you or they will want 4154 to know what revisions from your Repository they started with 4155 (probably to merge changes, or to try to decide whether to merge 4156 changes). 4157 4158 A better way to handle this situation would be to give them their own 4159 branch of your Repository. They would need to remember to checkin the 4160 exported sources with RCS IDs intact (ci -k) so that their changes 4161 would get revision numbers from the branch, rather than starting at 4162 1.1 again. Perhaps a future version of CVS will provide a way to 4163 export sources this way. 4164 4165 Contributed by Dan Franklin 4166 4167 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4168 4169 3. Can I override the '-kv' flag CVS passes to RCS? 4170 4171 Not as of CVS version 1.4. 4172 4173 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4174 4175 4. Why doesn't "export" have a '-k' flag like "import" does? 4176 4177 Export is intended for a specific purpose -- to remove all trace of 4178 revision control on the way *out* of CVS. 4179 4180 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4181 4182 5. Why does "export -D" check out every file in the Attic? 4183 4184 See 5B.3 for an explanation of the same problem with "update". 4185 4186 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4187 4188 Category: /Commands_/history_hi_his/ 4189 4190 " + "history", "hi", "his"" 4191 4192 1. What is "history" for? 4193 4194 To provide information difficult or impossible to extract out of the 4195 RCS files, such as a "tag" history or a summary of module activities. 4196 4197 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4198 4199 2. Of what use is it? 4200 4201 I have found it useful in a number of ways, including: 4202 4203 Providing a list of files changed since 4204 4205 - A tagged release. 4206 - Yesterday, last Thursday, or a specific date. 4207 - Someone changed a specific file. 4208 4209 Providing a list of special events: 4210 4211 - Files added or removed since one of the above events. 4212 - Merge failures since one of the above events. (Where did the 4213 conflicts occur?) 4214 - Has anyone (and who) grabbed the revision of this file I committed 4215 last week, or are they still working blind? 4216 4217 Telling me how often a file/directory/module has been changed. 4218 4219 Dumping a summary of work done on a particular module, including who 4220 last worked on it and what changed. 4221 4222 Displaying the checked-out modules and where they are being worked 4223 on. 4224 4225 To tell me what users "joe" and "malcolm" have done this week. 4226 4227 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4228 4229 3. What is this, Big Brother? 4230 4231 War is Peace. 4232 Freedom is Slavery. 4233 Ignorance is Strength. 4234 4235 Normally manager types and those with the power to play Big Brother 4236 don't care about this information. The Software Engineer responsible 4237 for integration usually wants to know who is working on what and what 4238 changed. Use your imagination. 4239 4240 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4241 4242 4. I deleted my working directory and "history" still says I have it 4243 checked out. How do I fix it? 4244 4245 You can use "release -f" to forcibly add a "release" record to the 4246 history file for a working directory associated with a "module". If 4247 your version of "release" doesn't have the '-f' option, or you checked 4248 out the directory using a relative path, you have to edit the 4249 $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history file. 4250 4251 You can remove the last 'O' line in the history file referring to the 4252 module in question or add an 'F' record. 4253 4254 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4255 4256 5. So I *can* edit the History file? 4257 4258 Yes, but if you are using history at all, you should take a little 4259 care not to lose information. I normally use Emacs on the file, since 4260 it can detect that a file has changed out from under it. You could 4261 also copy and zero out the history file, edit the copy and append any 4262 new records to the edited copy before replacing it. 4263 4264 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4265 4266 6. Why does the history file grow so quickly? 4267 4268 It stores 'U' records, which come in handy sometimes when you are 4269 tracking whether people have updated each other's code before testing. 4270 There should (and probably will sometime) be a way to choose what 4271 kinds of events go into the history file. 4272 4273 The contributed "cln_hist.pl" script will remove all the 'U' records, 4274 plus matching pairs of 'O' and 'F' records during your normal clean up 4275 of the history file. 4276 4277 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4278 4279 7. What is the difference between "cvs history -r <tag/rev>" and "cvs 4280 history -t <tag>"? 4281 4282 The '-t' option looks for a Tag record stored by "rtag" in the history 4283 file and limits the search to dates after the last <tag> of the given 4284 name was added. 4285 4286 The '-r' option was intended to search all files looking for the <tag> 4287 in the RCS files. It takes forever and needs to be rewritten. 4288 4289 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4290 4291 8. Why does "cvs history -c -t <tag>" fail to print anything? 4292 4293 You have been using "tag" instead of "rtag". The "tag" command 4294 currently doesn't store a history record. This is another remnant of 4295 CVS's earlier firm belief in "modules". But it also has a basis in how 4296 "rtag" and "tag" were originally used. 4297 4298 "rtag" was intended for large-scale tagging of large chunks of the 4299 Repository, an event work recording. "tag" was intended for adding and 4300 updating tags on a few files or directories, though it could also be 4301 used to tag the entire checked-out working tree when there is no 4302 module defined to match the tree or when the working tree is the only 4303 place where the right collection of revisions to tag can be found. 4304 4305 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4306 4307 9. "cvs history -a -o" only printed one line for each checked-out module. 4308 Shouldn't it print all the directories where the modules are checked out? 4309 4310 Not as designed. 4311 4312 Command Question it is supposed to answer. 4313 ---------------- ------------------------------------------ 4314 cvs history -o What modules do I have checked out? 4315 cvs history -a -o <same for all users> 4316 4317 cvs history -o -w What working directories have I created 4318 and what modules are in them? 4319 cvs history -a -o -w <same for every user> 4320 4321 The -o option chooses the "checked out modules" report, which is the 4322 default history report. 4323 4324 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4325 4326 10. I can't figure out "history", can you give me concrete examples? 4327 4328 Default output selects records only for the user who executes the 4329 "history" command. To see records for other users, add one or more "-u 4330 user" options or the '-a' option to select *all* users. 4331 4332 To list (for the selected users): Type "cvs history" and: 4333 4334 * Checked out modules: -o (the default) 4335 * Files added since creation: -x A 4336 * Modified files since creation: -c 4337 * Modified files since last Friday: -c -D 'last Friday' 4338 * Modified files since TAG was added: -c -t <tag> 4339 * Modified files since TAG on files: -c -r <tag> 4340 * Last modifier of file/Repository X? -c -l -[fp] X 4341 * Modified files since string "str": -c -b str 4342 * Tag history: (Actually "rtag".) -T 4343 * History of file/Repository/module X: -[fpn] X 4344 * Module report on "module": -m module 4345 4346 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4347 4348 11. Can we merge history files when we merge Repositories? 4349 4350 Assuming that the two Repositories have different sets of pathnames, 4351 it should be possible to merge two history files by sorting them 4352 together by the timestamp fields. 4353 4354 You should be able to run: 4355 4356 sort +0.1 ${dir1}/history ${dir2}/history > history 4357 4358 If you "diff" a standard history file before and after such a sort, 4359 you might see other differences caused by garbage (split lines, nulls, 4360 etc) in the file. If your Repository is mounted through NFS onto 4361 multiple machines you will also see a few differences caused by 4362 different clocks on different machines. (Especially if you don't use 4363 NTP to keep the clocks in sync.) 4364 4365 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4366 4367 Category: /Commands_/import_im_imp/ 4368 4369 " + "import", "im", "imp"" 4370 4371 1. What is "import" for? 4372 4373 The "import" command is a fast way to insert a whole tree of files 4374 into CVS. 4375 4376 The first "import" to a particular file within the Repository creates 4377 an RCS file with a single revision on the "Vendor branch." Subsequent 4378 "import"s of the same file within the Repository append a new revision 4379 onto the Vendor branch. It does not, as some seem to believe, create a 4380 new branch for each "import". All "imports" are appended to the single 4381 Vendor branch. 4382 4383 If the file hasn't changed, no new revision is created -- the new 4384 "Release-Tag" is added to the previous revision. 4385 4386 After the import is finished, files you have not changed locally are 4387 considered to have changed in the "Main line of development". Files 4388 you *have* changed locally must have the new Vendor code merged into 4389 them before they are visible on the "Main line". 4390 4391 See 4C.6 and 4C.15 4392 4393 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4394 4395 2. How am I supposed to use "import"? 4396 4397 Create a source directory containing only the files you want to 4398 import. Make sure you clean up any cruft left over from previous 4399 builds or editing. You want to make sure that the directory contains 4400 only what you want to call "source" from which everything else is 4401 built. 4402 4403 If this is not the first import from this "Vendor", you should also 4404 compare the output of "find . ! -name CVS -print | sort" executed both 4405 at the head of a checked out working directory and at the head of the 4406 sources to be imported. If you find any deleted or renamed files, you 4407 have to deal with them by hand. (See 4B.8 on renaming.) 4408 4409 "cd" into your source directory and type: 4410 4411 cvs import -m "Message" <repos> <Vendor-Tag> <Release-Tag> 4412 4413 where <repos> is the relative directory pathname within the Repository 4414 that corresponds to the sources you are importing. 4415 4416 You might also consider using the "-I !" option to avoid ignoring 4417 anything. It is easier to remove bogus files from the Repository than 4418 to create a sparse tree of the ignored files and rerun "import". 4419 4420 For example, if the FSF, CVS, Make and I are still active in the year 4421 2015, I'll import version 89.53 of GNU make this way: 4422 4423 cvs import -m "GNUmake V89.53" gnu/make GNU GNUMAKE_89_53 4424 4425 See 3H.13 for more details. 4426 4427 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4428 4429 3. Why does import put files on a branch? Why can't I work on the main 4430 trunk instead of a Vendor branch? 4431 4432 This was a Design choice. The Vendor branch is the way "import" deals 4433 with a Vendor release. It is a solution to the Engineering problem of 4434 how to merge multiple external releases of Vendor-supplied sources 4435 into your ongoing work. The Vendor releases are kept on a separate, 4436 special, "Vendor" branch and your work is kept on the RCS trunk. New 4437 Vendor releases are imported onto the Vendor branch and then merged 4438 into your work, if there is any, on the trunk. 4439 4440 This way, you can use CVS to find out not only about your work, but 4441 you can also find out what the Vendor changed by diffing between two 4442 of the Release Tags you handed to "import". 4443 4444 CVS was designed to work this way. If you use CVS in some other way, 4445 you should think carefully about what you are doing. 4446 4447 Note that the CVS "Main Branch" and the RCS Main Trunk are not the 4448 same. Placing files on the Vendor Branch doesn't keep you from 4449 creating a development branch to work on. 4450 4451 See Section 4C, on Branching. 4452 4453 If you are not working with 3rd party (i.e. Vendor) sources, you can 4454 skip the "import" and avoid the Vendor branch entirely. It works just 4455 as well to move pre-existing RCS files into Repository directories. 4456 4457 You can create a whole Repository tree by copying a directory 4458 hierarchy of normal source files directly into the Repository and 4459 applying CVS to it. Here's an idea you should *test* before using: 4460 4461 cd <your source tree> 4462 set source = `pwd` 4463 set module = xyzzy <<== Your choice of directory name 4464 mkdir $CVSROOT/$module 4465 cd $CVSROOT/$module 4466 (cd $source; tar cf - .) | tar xvpBf - 4467 find . -type f -exec ci -t-Original. {} \; 4468 4469 The RCS "ci" command, without -u or -l options, will turn your source 4470 file into an RCS (",v") and delete the original source. 4471 4472 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4473 4474 4. Is there any way to import binary files? 4475 4476 If you configured CVS to use the GNU version of "diff" and "diff3", 4477 then you can import any kind of file. 4478 4479 Binary files with RCS keywords in them are a problem, since you don't 4480 want them to expand. 4481 4482 If the tree you are about to "import" is entirely filled with binary 4483 files, you can use the '-ko' option on "import". Otherwise, I would 4484 run the import normally, then fix the binary files as described below 4485 in 3H.5. 4486 4487 See 4D.1 on Binary files. 4488 4489 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4490 4491 5. Why does "import" corrupt some binary files? 4492 4493 The RCS "co" command, when it is invoked by a CVS "checkout" or 4494 "update" (or after a "commit") command, searches for and expands a 4495 list of keywords within the file. They are documented in the RCS "co" 4496 man page. Strings such as "$\Id$" (or "$\Id:"), or "$\Revision$" (or 4497 "$\Revision:") are altered to the include the indicated information. 4498 4499 [[Note: The keywords should appear in the text without the '\' 4500 character I have inserted to *avoid* expansion here. The only real RCS 4501 keywords in this document are at the top of the file, where I store 4502 the Revision and Date.]] 4503 4504 If RCS keyword strings show up in a binary file, they will be altered 4505 unless you set the '-ko' option on the RCS files to tell RCS to keep 4506 the original keyword values and not to expand new ones. After 4507 "import", you can set the '-ko' option this way: 4508 4509 cvs admin -ko <file> 4510 rm <file> 4511 cvs update <file> 4512 4513 After an import that didn't use '-ko' (because the whole tree wasn't 4514 of binary files) you should fix up the binary files as described above 4515 before checking out any new copies of the files and before updating 4516 any working directories you checked out earlier. 4517 4518 See 4D.1 on Binary files. 4519 4520 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4521 4522 6. How do I retain the original $\Revision$ strings in the sources? 4523 4524 If you want to leave old RCS keywords as they are, you can use the 4525 '-ko' tricks described above. 4526 4527 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4528 4529 7. I imported some files for the Yarg compiler that compiles files with a 4530 suffix of ".yarg" and whose comment prefix is "YARG> ". When I check them 4531 out, they will no longer compile because they have this junk in them. Why? 4532 4533 YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG> 4534 YARG> $\Log: 4535 # Revision 1.3 1998/03/03 00:16:16 bubba 4536 # What is 2+2 anyway? 4537 # 4538 # Revision 1.2 1998/03/03 00:15:15 bubba 4539 # Added scorekeeping. 4540 YARG> 4541 YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG> 4542 4543 Well bubba, "Yarg" hasn't hit the big time yet. Neither RCS nor CVS 4544 know about your suffix or your comment prefix. So you have two 4545 choices: 4546 4547 Check out the Yarg-less module, and tell all the files about your 4548 comment prefix. Visit each directory and type: 4549 4550 cvs admin -c"YARG> " *.yarg 4551 4552 If *all* files in the whole directory tree are Yarg files, you can use 4553 this instead: 4554 4555 cvs admin -c"YARG> " . 4556 4557 Then save any changes you made, remove all the "*.yarg" files and grab 4558 new copies from the Repository: 4559 4560 rm *.yarg (or: find . -name '*.yarg' -exec rm {} ';') (or: find . 4561 -name '*.yarg' -print | xargs rm) (or: find . -name '*.yarg' -print0 | 4562 xargs -0 rm if you have spaces in filenames and the GNU find/xargs.) 4563 cvs update 4564 4565 It might be faster to remove the whole directory and check it out 4566 again. 4567 4568 Change the import.c file in the CVS sources and add the .yarg 4569 suffix, along with the "YARG> " comment prefix to the "comtable" 4570 array. 4571 4572 If you ever plan to add new files with $\Log in them, you should also 4573 go into the RCS sources and make the same change in the table 4574 contained in the "rcsfnms.c" file. 4575 4576 Then delete the imported files from the Repository and re-"import" the 4577 sources. 4578 4579 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4580 4581 8. How do I make "import" save the timestamps on the original files? 4582 4583 Use "import -d" to save the current timestamps on the files as the RCS 4584 revision times. 4585 4586 See 4D.8 for another aspect of file timestamps. 4587 4588 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4589 4590 9. Why can't I "import" 3 releases on different branches? 4591 4592 I'll bet you typed something like this: 4593 4594 cd /src/blasto.v2 4595 cvs import -b 1.1.2 VENDOR2 Version2 4596 cd /src/blasto.v3 4597 cvs import -b 1.1.3 VENDOR3 Version3 4598 cd /src/blasto.v4 4599 cvs import -b 1.1.4 VENDOR4 Version4 4600 4601 This is wrong, or at least it won't help you much. You have created 4602 three separate Vendor branches, which is probably not what you wanted. 4603 4604 Earlier versions of CVS, as described in Brian Berliner's Usenix 4605 paper, tried to support multiple Vendor branches on the theory that 4606 you might receive source for the *same* program from multiple vendors. 4607 It turns out that this is very rare, whereas the need to branch in 4608 *your* development, for releases and for project branches, is much 4609 greater. 4610 4611 So the model now is to use a single vendor branch to contain a series 4612 of releases from the same vendor. Your work moves along on the Main 4613 Trunk, or on a CVS branch to support a real "branch in development". 4614 4615 To set this up, you should type this instead of the above: 4616 4617 cd /src/blasto.v2 4618 cvs import VENDOR Version2 4619 cd /src/blasto.v3 4620 cvs import VENDOR Version3 4621 cd /src/blasto.v4 4622 cvs import VENDOR Version4 4623 4624 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4625 4626 10. What do I do if the Vendor adds or deletes files between releases? 4627 4628 Added files show up with no extra effort. To handle "removed" files, 4629 you should always compare the tree structure of the new release 4630 against the one you have in your Repository. If the Vendor has removed 4631 files since the previous release, go into a working directory 4632 containing your current version of the sources and "cvs remove" 4633 (followed by "cvs commit" to make it really take effect) each file 4634 that is no longer in the latest release. 4635 4636 Using this scheme will allow you to "checkout" any version of the 4637 vendor's code, with the correct revisions and files, by using 4638 "checkout -r Version[234]". 4639 4640 Renames are harder to find, since you have to compare file contents to 4641 determine that one has occurred. If you notice one, see 4B.8 on 4642 renaming files. 4643 4644 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4645 4646 11. What about if the Vendor changes the names of files or directories, or 4647 rearranges the whole structure between releases? 4648 4649 Currently CVS can't handle this cleanly. It requires "renaming" a 4650 bunch of files or directories. 4651 4652 See 4B.8 on "renaming" for more details. 4653 4654 What I generally do is to close the Repository for a while and make 4655 changes in both the Repository and in a copy of the vendor release 4656 until the structure matches, then execute the import. 4657 4658 If you ever have to check out and build an old version, you may have 4659 to use the new, or completely different Makefiles. 4660 4661 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4662 4663 12. I thought "import" was for Vendor releases, why would I use it for code 4664 of my own? Do I have to use import? 4665 4666 For code you produce yourself, "import" is a convenience for fast 4667 insertion of whole trees. It is not necessary. You can just as easily 4668 create ",v" files using the RCS "ci" command and move them directly 4669 into the Repository. 4670 4671 Other than the CVSROOT directory, the Repository consists entirely of 4672 directories of ",v" files. The Repository contains no other state 4673 information. 4674 4675 See Section 4B, on Setting up and Managing the Repository. 4676 4677 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4678 4679 13. How do I import a large Vendor release? 4680 4681 When the sum of the changes made by the Vendor and the changes made by 4682 local developers is small, "import" is not a big problem. But when you 4683 are managing a large Repository, any care taken up front will save you 4684 time later. 4685 4686 First read the following, then, before executing "import", see the 4687 questions in Section 4C dealing with branch merges and Vendor branch 4688 merges. 4689 4690 If this is not the first import of this code, before starting, rtag 4691 the whole directory you will be changing. 4692 4693 The first step is to make sure the structure of the new files 4694 matches the structure of the current Repository. 4695 4696 Run "find . -print | sort" on both trees and "diff" the output. 4697 4698 Alter the "source" tree until the "diff" (of the list of filenames, 4699 not of the whole trees) shows that the directory structures are 4700 equivalent. 4701 4702 The "comm" command, if you have it, can help figure out what has been 4703 added or deleted between releases. 4704 4705 If they deleted any files, you can handle them cleanly with "cvs 4706 remove". The command "comm -23 files.old files.new" will show you a 4707 list of files that need to be removed. 4708 4709 You should examine the list first to see if any have been renamed 4710 rather than simply deleted. 4711 4712 If they renamed any files, see 4B.8 on renaming files. 4713 4714 Remember to *SAVE* the output from the import command. 4715 4716 When you have dealt with removed and renamed files, then you can 4717 execute the import: 4718 4719 cd <new source> 4720 cvs import -I ! -m "Message" <repos> <VendorTag> <ReleaseTag> 4721 4722 Where 4723 4724 "-I !" is an optional argument that keeps "import" from ignoring 4725 files. The comparison of the "find" commands above will probably avoid 4726 the need for this, but it is easier to remove files from the 4727 Repository than to run a subset "import" to catch just the ignored 4728 files. [You might have to quote or backwhack the '!'.] 4729 4730 Message is the log message to be stored in the RCS files. 4731 4732 <repos> is a relative path to a directory within the 4733 Repository. The directory <new source> must be at 4734 the same relative level within the new sources as 4735 the <repos> you give is within the Repository. (I 4736 realize this is not obvious. Experiment first.) 4737 4738 <VendorTag> is a Tag used to identify the Vendor who sent you 4739 the files you are importing. All "imports" into 4740 the same <repos> *must* use the same VendorTag. 4741 You can find it later by using the "log" command. 4742 4743 <ReleaseTag> is a Tag used to identify the particular release of the 4744 software you are importing. It must be unique and should be mnemonic 4745 -- at least include the revision number in it. (Note: you can't use 4746 '.' characters in a Tag. Substitute '_' or '-'.) 4747 4748 There will be six categories of files to deal with. (Actually there 4749 are eight, but you have already dealt with "removed" and "renamed" 4750 files.) 4751 4752 If this is the first "import" into a given <repos> directory, only the 4753 first three of these ('I', 'L' and 'N') can occur. 4754 4755 Ignored file. 4756 4757 CVS prints: I filename 4758 4759 You'll need to examine it to see if it *should* have been ignored. If 4760 you use "-I !", nothing will be ignored. 4761 4762 Symbolic link. 4763 4764 CVS prints: L linkname 4765 4766 Links are "ignored", but you'll probably want to create a "checkout 4767 helper" function to regenerate them. 4768 4769 New file. 4770 4771 CVS prints: N filename 4772 4773 CVS creates a new file in the Repository. You don't have to do 4774 anything to the file, but you might have to change Makefiles to refer 4775 to it if this is really a new file. 4776 4777 A file unchanged by the Vendor since its last release. 4778 4779 CVS prints: U filename 4780 4781 CVS will notice this and simply add the new ReleaseTag to the latest 4782 rev on the Vendor branch. 4783 4784 No work will be needed by you, whether you have changed the file or 4785 not. No one will notice anything. 4786 4787 A file changed by the Vendor, but not by you. 4788 4789 CVS prints: U filename 4790 4791 CVS should add the file onto the vendor branch and attach the Release 4792 Tag to it. 4793 4794 When you next execute "update" in any working directory you'll get the 4795 new revision. 4796 4797 A file changed by both the Vendor and by you. 4798 4799 CVS prints: C filename 4800 4801 These are the trouble files. For each of these files (or in groups -- 4802 I usually do one directory at a time), you must execute: 4803 4804 cvs update -j <PreviousReleaseTag> -j <ReleaseTag> 4805 or 4806 cvs update -j <VendorTag:yesterday> -j <VendorTag> 4807 4808 It will print either 'M' (if no overlaps) or 'C', if overlaps. If a 4809 'C' shows up, you'll need to edit the file by hand. 4810 4811 Then, for every file, you'll need to execute "cvs commit". 4812 4813 See the part of Section 4C dealing with branch merges. 4814 4815 If you are truly performing a large import, you will most likely 4816 need help. Managing those people is another problem area. 4817 4818 Since the merge of the Vendor branch is just like any other merge, you 4819 should read section 4C for more info about performing and cleaning up 4820 merges. 4821 4822 The larger the import, and the larger the group of people involved, 4823 the more often you should use "tag" and "rtag" to record even trivial 4824 milestones. See 4C.14, especially the "paranoid" section. 4825 4826 Before starting the import, you should install and test a "commitinfo" 4827 procedure to record all commits in a file or via Email to a mail 4828 archive. Along with the tags you placed on the Repository before the 4829 import, this archive will help to track what was changed, if problems 4830 occur 4831 4832 There are four stages to the recovery: 4833 4834 Parcel out the work -- Effective Emacs Engineering. 4835 4836 As input to the assignment process, you might want to examine the tree 4837 and record the last person who changed the file. You can also 4838 research, if you don't already know, who is expert in each area of the 4839 software. 4840 4841 Examine the import log (you saved the output, right?), estimate how 4842 much work is involved in each area and assign groups of files to 4843 individual developers. Unless some directory is immense, it is easier 4844 to manage if you assign whole directories to one person. 4845 4846 Keep a list. Suggest a completion date/time. Tell them to "commit" the 4847 file when they are finished with the merge. If you tagged the 4848 Repository before starting the import, you should have no trouble 4849 figuring out what happened. 4850 4851 If you can, find out (or tell them) which working directory to use. 4852 You should verify that the working directory they use is on the Main 4853 Branch ("update -A") and without modified files. 4854 4855 If you trust your crew, have them notify you by Email. Have them send 4856 you the output from "cvs update" in their working directory. You might 4857 have to poll some people until you are certain they have finished, or 4858 have given up. (This is not an invention. I've heard a false, "Yeah, 4859 sure. I finished yesterday," more times that you'd believe.) 4860 4861 When all reports are in, go on to the Source Verification stage. 4862 4863 Source Verification -- CVS and other Tools. 4864 4865 If you didn't dictate which ones to use, find all working directories 4866 and run "cvs -n update" in all of them. The history command and the 4867 "commitinfo" log you set up might help to find checked out working 4868 directories. 4869 4870 Sticky conflict flags will help, but they can't recover from 4871 sloppiness or incompetence. You might want to check everything out 4872 into a tree and grep for the parts of the merge conflict markers CVS 4873 doesn't look for. CVS looks for the string '^>>>>>>> '. The merge 4874 operation also puts '^<<<<<<< ' and '^======= ' markers in the file 4875 that careless developers might leave there. 4876 4877 If you find problems simply by looking at the source files and working 4878 directories, start the flogging now. Resolving the textual conflicts 4879 is the easy part. Weed the turkeys out before reaching the next part 4880 of the cleanup -- the resolution of logical conflicts. 4881 4882 Then apply a set of post-commit tags. 4883 4884 Logical Verification -- Diff and powerful eyeballs. 4885 4886 No source control system can solve the problem of resolving 4887 distributed conflicts in program logic. If you change the argument 4888 template for function A (defined in file A.c) and add new calls to 4889 function A from within function B (defined in file B.c) using the old 4890 argument format, you are outside the realm of CVS's competence. 4891 4892 Assign someone to understand what the Vendor changed by running "cvs 4893 diff -c -r <PreviousReleaseTag> <ReleaseTag>", where the tags were 4894 those handed to the last two invocations of "import". 4895 4896 Then have the same person compare that output (logically or you can 4897 actually diff the diffs) to the output of the similar "cvs diff -c -r 4898 <pre-import-tag> <post-commit-tag>". The two sets of differences 4899 should be almost identical. They should both show only the work *you* 4900 have performed. 4901 4902 Product Verification -- Build and Test. 4903 4904 Don't let your help off the hook until you verify that the merge 4905 actually produced something that can compile and pass tests. Compiling 4906 should really be part of the logical verification phase, but you 4907 should test the output of the build system before declaring victory 4908 and releasing the troops. 4909 4910 After it is all built, apply another set of tags to mark the end of 4911 the "import process". You can delete the intermediate tags you added 4912 during source and logic testing, but keep the "pre-import" and 4913 "post-import" tags forever. 4914 4915 Of course, experience can tell you when to skip a step. But I'd start 4916 out by considering each one as necessary unless you can prove 4917 otherwise. 4918 4919 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4920 4921 14. Explain: ERROR: cannot create link to <file>: Permission denied 4922 4923 This error appears when you try to execute a second (or later) 4924 "import" into the same module from a directory to which you don't have 4925 write access. 4926 4927 The "link error" is caused by a feature purposely added to speed up 4928 the import. 4929 4930 Though the error message is somewhat strange, it indicates that 4931 "import" is supposed to be executed only in writable directories. 4932 4933 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4934 4935 15. Where does the -m <message> go when the file doesn't change? 4936 4937 The <message> handed to import is used as an RCS log message, but only 4938 if the imported file changed since the last version on the Vendor 4939 branch. If the imported file hasn't changed, then no new revision is 4940 created. The <ReleaseTag> is still applied, but to the previous 4941 revision. So the Tags are still correct, but the message is lost. 4942 4943 Maybe it should be appended to the previous log message. But currently 4944 it isn't. 4945 4946 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4947 4948 16. How do I "import" just the files ignored by a previous "import"? 4949 4950 A real answer follows, but first, an editorial: 4951 4952 I am now convinced that you should always use the "-I !" option. 4953 Removing a few extraneous files from the Repository is a lot easier 4954 than the recovery step described below. 4955 4956 Let's assume your original import procedure was: (We assume there is 4957 enough disk space in /tmp.) 4958 4959 cd <head-of-vendor-tree> 4960 cvs import -m 'xyz 1.3' gnu/xyz GNU GNUXYZ_1_3 | tee /tmp/IMP 4961 4962 To import just the files ignored by "import", I would do this: 4963 4964 Create a list of the ignored files to import: 4965 4966 cd <head-of-vendor-tree> awk '/^I / {print $2}' /tmp/IMP | sed 4967 's|^gnu/xyz/||' > /tmp/IG [Edit the IG file to contain just the files 4968 you want.] 4969 4970 Then create a sparse directory by handing your list to the GNU 4971 version of "tar", installed in many places as "gtar": 4972 4973 mkdir /tmp/FIXUP gtar -T /tmp/IG -c -f - . | (cd /tmp/FIXUP; gtar xvBf 4974 -) 4975 4976 Then rerun the import. Use the exact same command, but execute it in 4977 the sparse directory tree you just created. And this time, tell it not 4978 to ignore anything. 4979 4980 cd /tmp/FIXUP 4981 cvs import -I ! -m 'xyz 1.3' gnu/xyz GNU GNUXYZ_1_3 4982 4983 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 4984 4985 17. Why did "import" ignore all the symlinks? 4986 4987 This is another design choice. 4988 4989 Like the Unix "tar" command, "import" could sprout an option to follow 4990 symbolic links, but I don't think CVS will ever follow symbolic links 4991 by default. 4992 4993 Two possible future enhancements have been seriously discussed: 4994 4995 Treat symbolic links as data in its parent directory (the way 4996 ClearCase does) in some sort of per-directory control file. 4997 4998 Treat symbolic links as version-controlled elements themselves, 4999 whose data is the value of readlink(2). 5000 5001 For now, they are simply ignored. 5002 5003 If you want to save and reconstruct symlinks, you might want to define 5004 a "checkout" or "update" program in the modules file which could 5005 consult a file kept under CVS in your working directory and make sure 5006 the specified links are in place. 5007 5008 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5009 5010 Category: /Commands_/log_lo_rlog/ 5011 5012 " + "log", "lo", "rlog"" 5013 5014 1. What is "log" for? 5015 5016 To provide an interface to the RCS "rlog" command, which displays 5017 information about the underlying RCS files, including the revision 5018 history and Tag (RCS calls it a "symbol") list. 5019 5020 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5021 5022 2. How do I extract the log entries between two revisions? 5023 5024 If both <rev1> and <rev2> are on the same branch, you can get what you 5025 are looking for with: (If they aren't on the same branch you'll either 5026 get an error or a display of the whole change log.) 5027 5028 cvs log -r<rev1>:<rev2> <file> 5029 5030 If you want all the revisions on the branch from <rev1> to the end of 5031 the branch <rev1> is on, you can use: 5032 5033 cvs log -r<rev1>: <file> 5034 5035 (If <rev1> is a numeric RCS symbol attached to a branch revision with 5036 an even number of '.'s in it, you get the whole branch.) 5037 5038 If you want all the revisions on the branch from the beginning of the 5039 branch <rev2> is on up to revision <rev2>, you can use: 5040 5041 cvs log -r:<rev2> <file> 5042 5043 Note: Depending on whether <rev1> and <rev2> are: 5044 5045 - numeric or symbolic 5046 - in the file or not 5047 - on the same branch or not 5048 5049 the RCS "rlog" (and therefore the "cvs log") command will 5050 display some combination of: 5051 5052 - error messages 5053 - (intuitively correct) partial log listings 5054 - a display of the entire change log. 5055 5056 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5057 5058 3. How do I extract the log entries on a whole branch? 5059 5060 cvs log -r<rev> <file> 5061 5062 where <rev> must be a branch revision (one with an even number of 5063 dots) or a *non-branch* tag on a branch revision. Non-branch tags on a 5064 branch revision are not normally attached by CVS, to add one you will 5065 have to explicitly tag a physical branch number within each file. 5066 Since these branch numbers are almost never the same in different 5067 files, this command is not all that useful. 5068 5069 The intuitive command (at least from the CVS perspective): 5070 5071 cvs log -r<branch_tag> <file> 5072 5073 does not work. 5074 5075 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5076 5077 4. How do I generate ChangeLogs from RCS logs? 5078 5079 A program called rcs2log is distributed as part of GNU Emacs 19. A 5080 (possibly older) version of this program appears in the contrib 5081 directory of the cvs source tree. 5082 5083 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5084 5085 5. Why does "log" tell me a file was committed exactly 5 hours later 5086 5087 than I know it was? 5088 5089 I can tell by this question that you were working in a time zone that 5090 is 5 hours behind GMT (e.g. the U.S. East Coast in winter). 5091 5092 RCS file dates are stored in GMT to allow users in different time 5093 zones to agree on the meaning of a timestamp. At first glance this 5094 doesn't seem necessary, but many companies use distributed file 5095 systems, such as NFS or AFS, across multiple timezones. 5096 5097 Some standard form must be used. GMT, as the "grid origin", is an 5098 obvious candidate. The only other reasonable choice is to put the 5099 timezone information in all the time stamps, but that changes the RCS 5100 file format incompatibly, a step which has been avoided in the last 5101 few RCS releases. 5102 5103 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5104 5105 Category: /Commands_/patch_pa_rdiff/ 5106 5107 " + "patch", "pa", "rdiff"" 5108 5109 1. What is "patch" for? 5110 5111 To produce a "diff" between tagged releases to be handed to the 5112 "patch" command at other sites. This is the standard way that source 5113 patches are distributed on the network. 5114 5115 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5116 5117 2. Why does "patch" include files from the Attic when I use '-D'? 5118 5119 See the explanation of the same problem with "update -D" contained in 5120 section 5B. 5121 5122 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5123 5124 3. How do I make "patch" produce a patch for one or two files? It seems to 5125 work only with modules. 5126 5127 Patch is intended for producing patches of whole modules between 5128 releases to be distributed to remote sites. Instead of "patch", you 5129 can use the "diff" command with the '-c' context option: 5130 5131 cvs diff -c -r <rev/tag> -r <rev/tag> <file1> . . . 5132 5133 The patch command will be able to merge such a "diff" into the remote 5134 source files. 5135 5136 If you configured CVS to use a version of "diff" that supports the 5137 '-u' option, you can produce a more compact "patch" in "unidiff" 5138 format. The latest revisions of the patch command can parse and apply 5139 patches in "unidiff" format. 5140 5141 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5142 5143 Category: /Commands_/release_re_rel/ 5144 5145 " + "release", "re", "rel"" 5146 5147 1. What is "release" for? 5148 5149 To register that a module is no longer in use. It is intended to 5150 reverse the effects of a "checkout" by adding a record to the history 5151 file to balance the checkout record and by optionally allowing you to 5152 delete the checked-out directory associated with the module name. 5153 5154 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5155 5156 2. Why can't I reverse a "cvs checkout path/name/subdir" with a "cvs 5157 release path/name/subdir" without an "unknown module name"? 5158 5159 A simplistic implementation. (I can say this -- I wrote it.) 5160 5161 The "release" function was written for CVS 1.2 under the assumption 5162 that the "module name" is a first class, unavoidable interface to the 5163 Repository, allowing no way to retrieve anything other than by module 5164 name. Though it is easier to program that way, many users of CVS 5165 believe the modules support to be too primitive to allow such a 5166 limitation. 5167 5168 Since "release" was written, other parts of CVS broke that assumption. 5169 It needs to be revised. 5170 5171 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5172 5173 3. Why can't I "release" portions of a checked out directory? I should be 5174 able to "release" any file or sub-directory within my working directory. 5175 5176 This isn't really a limitation in "release", per se. CVS doesn't try 5177 to keep track of which files in which directories are "checked out" 5178 and which are just lying there. You can delete directories and 5179 "update" will not bring them back unless you add a special "-d" 5180 option. 5181 5182 In other words, CVS doesn't keep track of how you adjust the partition 5183 between files you consider part of your working set and files that 5184 were checked out because they are part of the same module or 5185 directory. And neither does "release". 5186 5187 In future CVS releases, "release" might become sophisticated enough to 5188 handle both the reversal of a "checkout" and the deletion of random 5189 portions of the working directory, but it isn't that way now. 5190 5191 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5192 5193 4. I removed the tree that I was about to start working on. How do I tell 5194 cvs that I want to release it if I don't have it anymore? 5195 5196 See 3G.4. 5197 5198 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5199 5200 5. Why doesn't "release -d module" reverse a "checkout module"? 5201 5202 It does, if you are using "module" in a way that "release" expects: a 5203 non-alias string in the left column of the "modules" database. 5204 5205 If "module" is really an alias, or if you are using a relative path in 5206 the place of "module", or if you renamed the directory with the -d 5207 option in the modules file or on the "checkout" command line, then the 5208 current version of "release" won't work. 5209 5210 Future versions of "release" will probably fix most of these. 5211 5212 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5213 5214 6. Why can't I release a module renamed with "cvs checkout -d"? 5215 5216 The current version of "release" doesn't know how to track the 5217 renaming option ('-d') of the "checkout" command. It will probably be 5218 fixed in the future. 5219 5220 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5221 5222 Category: /Commands_/remove_rm_delete/ 5223 5224 " + "remove", "rm", "delete"" 5225 5226 1. What is "remove" for? 5227 5228 To remove a file from the working branch. It removes a file from the 5229 main branch by placing it in an "Attic" directory. 5230 5231 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5232 5233 2. Why doesn't "remove" work on directories when it appears to try? 5234 5235 Oversight. It should be able to delete an empty directory, but you 5236 still don't have a way to remember when it was there and when it 5237 disappeared to allow the "-D " option to work. 5238 5239 You'll have to remove the working directory and the matching directory 5240 in the Repository. 5241 5242 Note that you want to do a _cvs remove dir_ in the working directory, 5243 do a cvs commit, and then do a _rmdir dir_ in the Repository. 5244 (msusrtsp.mark at eds dot com) 5245 5246 Last modified: _12/18/1997_ 5247 5248 3. I don't like removing files. Is there another way to ignore them? 5249 5250 There's no reason to be hasty in using the "remove" command. 5251 5252 If there is a way to ignore files in your build procedures, I'd just 5253 do that. Later, when you decide that the files are really ancient, you 5254 can execute a "remove" command to clean up. 5255 5256 The CVS "ignore" concept can't ignore files already in CVS. 5257 5258 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5259 5260 4. I just removed a file. How do I resurrect it? 5261 5262 If you executed "remove", but haven't typed "commit" (you can tell 5263 this by the 'R' notation that "update" prints next to the file), you 5264 can execute "add" to reverse the "remove". 5265 5266 If you followed the "remove" with a "commit", you'll have to move it 5267 back out of the Attic by hand: 5268 5269 I use something like this: (csh-like syntax) 5270 5271 set repos = `cat ./CVS/Repository` 5272 mv $repos/Attic/filename,v $repos/filename,v 5273 5274 (If you use relative paths in your Repository files, that first line 5275 becomes: set repos = $CVSROOT/`cat ./CVS/Repository`) 5276 5277 While a file is in the Attic, you can't "add" another file by the same 5278 name. To add such a file you either have to move it by hand as in the 5279 above, or delete it from the Attic. 5280 5281 The main reason for the Attic is to retain files with tags in them. If 5282 you execute: "update -r <oldtag>", files with <oldtag> attached to 5283 some revision will be taken from the normal Repository area and from 5284 the Attic. That's why you can't "add" a file with the same name. 5285 "remove" only moves a file off the main branch, it doesn't obliterate 5286 it. 5287 5288 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5289 5290 5. Why doesn't "remove" delete the file? Instead, it prints an error 5291 message and tells me to remove the file by hand. 5292 5293 Design choice. Unix software written within last decade, usually 5294 requires an extra verification step, such as answering a question or 5295 adding a flag on the command line. CVS currently requires that you 5296 delete the file first unless you specify the '-f' (force) option, 5297 which deletes the file before performing "cvs remove". 5298 5299 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5300 5301 Category: /Commands_/rtag_rt_rfreeze/ 5302 5303 " + "rtag", "rt", "rfreeze"" 5304 5305 1. What is "rtag" for? 5306 5307 To add a symbolic label (a "tag") to the last committed revisions of a 5308 module directly in the Repository. 5309 5310 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5311 5312 2. Why use "rtag"? It assumes no one is changing the Repository. 5313 5314 Though the "tag" command is more useful in marking the revisions you 5315 have in a particular working directory, "rtag" is much handier for 5316 whole-Repository actions, which occur at major release boundaries. 5317 5318 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5319 5320 3. What revision does "rtag -r <tag1> <tag2>" actually put the tag on? 5321 5322 In short, the '-r' option is another way to select the revision to 5323 tag. The revision is selected the same way for all commands that 5324 accept a "-r <tag/rev>" option. 5325 5326 Depending on whether <tag1> is a <branch_tag>, or a non-branch <tag> 5327 and on whether you use the '-b' option to "rtag", you get four 5328 different results: 5329 5330 rtag -r <tag1> <tag2> 5331 5332 Adds the non-branch tag <tag2> to the same revision that the 5333 non-branch tag <tag1> is attached to. 5334 5335 Example: 5336 <tag1> --> TT1 5337 <tag2> --> TT2 5338 <file> --> Symbols: TT1:1.4 5339 After --> Symbols: TT1:1.4,TT2:1.4 5340 5341 rtag -r <branch_tag1> <tag2> 5342 5343 Adds the non-branch tag <tag2> to the HEAD of (the highest revision 5344 number on) the branch labelled with tag <branch_tag1>. 5345 5346 Example: 5347 <branch_tag1> --> BR1 5348 <tag2> --> TT2 5349 <file> --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2 (1.2.2.5 is HEAD) 5350 After --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2,TT2:1.2.2.5 5351 5352 If the branch tagged by <branch_tag1> has not been created, then the 5353 tag shows up on the branch point revision: 5354 5355 Example: 5356 <branch_tag1> --> BR1 5357 <tag2> --> TT2 5358 <file> --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2 (No 1.2.X exists.) 5359 After --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2,TT2:1.2 5360 5361 rtag -b -r <tag1> <branch_tag2> 5362 5363 Adds the magic branch tag <branch_tag2> to the revision that the 5364 non-branch tag <tag1> is attached to, preparing it to be a branch 5365 point. 5366 5367 Example: 5368 <tag1> --> TT1 5369 <branch_tag2> --> BR2 5370 <file> --> Symbol: TT1:1.4 5371 After --> Symbol: TT1:1.4, BR2:1.4.0.2 5372 5373 rtag -b -r <branch_tag1> <branch_tag2> 5374 5375 Adds the magic branch tag <branch_tag2> to the revision at the HEAD of 5376 (the highest revision number on) the branch labelled with 5377 <branch_tag1>, preparing it to be a branch point. 5378 5379 Example: 5380 <branch_tag1> --> BR1 5381 <branch_tag2> --> BR2 5382 <file> --> Symbol: BR1:1.2.0.2 (1.2.2.5 is HEAD) 5383 After --> Symbol: BR1:1.2.0.2,BR2:1.2.2.5.0.2 5384 5385 If the branch tagged by <branch_tag1> has not been created, then the 5386 tag shows up as a second branch off the same branch point revision: 5387 5388 Example: 5389 <branch_tag1> --> BR1 5390 <tag2> --> TT2 5391 <file> --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2 (No 1.2.X exists.) 5392 After --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2,TT2:1.2.0.4 5393 5394 In all four cases above, if <tag2> already exists on the file, you get 5395 an error unless you specify the '-F' option. 5396 5397 In all four cases, if <tag1> does not exist on the file, <tag2> is not 5398 added unless you specify the '-f' option. 5399 5400 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5401 5402 4. What happens if the tags are the same in "rtag -r <tag> <tag>"? 5403 5404 Again, there are four cases depending on whether <tag> is a branch 5405 tag, or a non-branch tag and on whether you use the '-b' option to 5406 "rtag": 5407 5408 rtag -r <tag> <tag> 5409 5410 Is a no-op. It does nothing even with '-F' specified. 5411 5412 If you add the '-f' option ("rtag -f -r <tag> <tag>"), then <tag> is 5413 attached to the latest revision on the Main Branch if the file does 5414 *not* already have <tag> on some revision. 5415 5416 If the <tag> is already on the file, using "rtag -f" is still a no-op. 5417 5418 rtag -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag> 5419 5420 Produces an error, since the <branch_tag> is already on some revision 5421 of the file. 5422 5423 But, "rtag -F -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>" turns the magic branch tag 5424 into a non-branch tag. 5425 5426 Symbols: BR1:1.4.0.2 becomes Symbols: BR1:1.4 5427 5428 rtag -b -r <tag> <tag> 5429 5430 Produces an error, since the <tag> is already on the file. 5431 5432 But, "rtag -F -b -r <tag> <tag>" turns the non-branch tag into a magic 5433 branch tag. 5434 5435 Symbols: BR1:1.4 becomes Symbols: BR1:1.4.0.2 5436 5437 rtag -b -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag> 5438 5439 Produces an error, since the <branch_tag> is already on the file. 5440 5441 But, "rtag -F -b -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>" increments the branch 5442 number. It essentially removes the branch and creates a new one by the 5443 same name. 5444 5445 Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.4 becomes Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.6 5446 5447 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5448 5449 5. Why doesn't "rtag -b -r <branch_tag1> <branch_tag2>" rename or duplicate 5450 a magic branch tag? 5451 5452 None of the "tag" or "rtag" options rename anything. They only apply 5453 (or, with the '-F' option, move) tags to specific revisions in the 5454 file. 5455 5456 See 3M.[3-4] above for details of how it works. 5457 5458 To rename a non-branch tag, see 3O.9. To rename a magic branch tag, 5459 see 4D.5 5460 5461 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5462 5463 Category: /Commands_/status_st_stat/ 5464 5465 " + "status", "st", "stat"" 5466 5467 1. What is "status" for? 5468 5469 To display the status of files, including the revision and branch you 5470 are working on and the existence of "sticky" information. 5471 5472 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5473 5474 2. Why does "status" limit the File: at the top to 17 characters? 5475 5476 Designed that way to line up with other data. You can find the whole 5477 filename in the line beginning with "RCS version:", which is not 5478 limited in length. 5479 5480 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5481 5482 3. Why does it print "Sticky" lines when the values are "(none)"? 5483 5484 Oversight. It should probably elide lines without information. 5485 5486 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5487 5488 4. Shouldn't the status "Needs Checkout" be "Needs Update"? 5489 5490 Probably. 5491 5492 [[Did this show up in CVS 1.4?]] 5493 5494 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5495 5496 Category: /Commands_/tag_ta_freeze/ 5497 5498 " + "tag", "ta", "freeze"" 5499 5500 1. What is "tag" for? 5501 5502 To add a symbolic label (a "tag") to the RCS files last checked out, 5503 updated or committed in a working directory. 5504 5505 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5506 5507 2. What is the difference between "tag" and "rtag"? 5508 5509 The end result of both commands is that a <tag>, or symbolic name, is 5510 attached to a single revision in each of a collection of files. 5511 5512 The differences lie in: 5513 5514 The collection of files they work on. 5515 5516 "rtag" works on the collection of files referred to by a "module" name 5517 as defined in the "modules" file, or a relative path within the 5518 Repository. 5519 5520 "tag" works on files and directories specified on the command line 5521 within the user's working directory. (Default is '.') 5522 5523 Both commands recursively follow directory hierarchies within the 5524 named files and directories. 5525 5526 The revisions they choose to tag. 5527 5528 "rtag" places a tag on the latest committed revision of each file on 5529 the branch specified by the '-r' option. By default it tags the Main 5530 Branch. 5531 5532 "tag" places a tag on the BASE (i.e. last checked out, updated or 5533 committed) revision of each file found in the working directory. (The 5534 BASE revision of a file is the one stored in the ./CVS/Entries file.) 5535 5536 A different set of command line options. 5537 5538 For example, "rtag" takes a "-r <oldtag>" option to retag an existing 5539 tag. The "tag" command does not. 5540 5541 How it is logged. 5542 5543 Currently "rtag" records the <tag> and the module in the "history" 5544 file, while "tag" does not. 5545 5546 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5547 5548 3. Why does "tag -b" not put a tag on the Branch Point revision? How do I 5549 refer to the Branch Point? 5550 5551 This is probably an oversight, or a disbelief in the need for it. If 5552 everything works perfectly, the "update -j" command will do the merge 5553 you need and you don't need to check up on it by playing with the 5554 branch point revision. 5555 5556 The '-b' option attaches a magic branch tag to allow CVS later to 5557 figure out the branch point. The actual revision that <tag> is 5558 attached to does not exist. References to the branch tag are 5559 equivalent to references to the latest revision on the branch. 5560 5561 There is no way to refer to the branch point without adding a 5562 non-branch tag. You might want to add non-branch tags as a habit and 5563 add branch tags later, possibly immediate after adding the non-branch 5564 tag. See 4C.3 on Creating a Branch. 5565 5566 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5567 5568 4. So "{r}tag" labels a bunch of files. What do you use a Tag for? 5569 5570 You use it to "checkout" the labeled collection of files as a single 5571 object, referring to it by name. 5572 5573 Anywhere a revision number can be used a Tag can be used. In fact tags 5574 are more useful because they draw a line through a collection of 5575 files, marking a development milestone. 5576 5577 The way to think about a Tag is as a curve drawn through a matrix of 5578 filename vs. revision number. Consider this: 5579 5580 Say we have 5 files (in some arbitrary modules, some may be in 2 or 5581 more modules by name, some may be in 2 or more modules because of the 5582 Repository tree structure) with the following revisions: 5583 5584 file1 file2 file3 file4 file5 5585 5586 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 /--1.1* <-*- <tag> 5587 1.2*- 1.2 1.2 -1.2*- 5588 1.3 \- 1.3*- 1.3 / 1.3 5589 1.4 \ 1.4 / 1.4 5590 \-1.5*- 1.5 5591 1.6 5592 5593 At some time in the past, the '*' versions were tagged. Think of the 5594 <tag> as a handle attached to the curve drawn through the tagged 5595 revisions. When you pull on the handle, you get all the tagged 5596 revisions. Another way to look at it is that you draw a straight line 5597 through the set of revisions you care about and shuffle the other 5598 revisions accordingly. Like this: 5599 5600 file1 file2 file3 file4 file5 5601 5602 1.1 5603 1.2 5604 1.1 1.3 _ 5605 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.1 / 5606 1.2*----1.3*----1.5*----1.2*----1.1 (--- <-- Look here 5607 1.3 1.6 1.3 \_ 5608 1.4 1.4 5609 1.5 5610 5611 I find that using these visual aids, it is much easier to understand 5612 what a <tag> is and what it is useful for. 5613 5614 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5615 5616 5. How do I get "tag" and "rtag" to send mail the way "commit" does? 5617 5618 The "commit" command is supported by two files ("commitinfo" and 5619 "loginfo") not used by other commands. To do logging the same way for 5620 "tag" and "rtag" would require another file like loginfo, which 5621 currently doesn't exist. 5622 5623 The "rtag" command requires a "module" entry, which can specify a 5624 "tag" program using the "-t programname" option on the module line. 5625 5626 There is no equivalent support for "tag". 5627 5628 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5629 5630 6. Why can't "tag" handle the '-r' option that "rtag" takes? 5631 5632 Oversight. The answer is probably "Fixed in a Future Release." 5633 5634 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5635 5636 7. After a "tag <tag>" in my working directory, why doesn't "checkout -r 5637 <tag>" somewhere else produce copies of my current files? 5638 5639 The only reason this would fail, other than misspelling the <tag> 5640 string, is that you didn't "commit" your work before "tagging" it. 5641 Only committed revisions may be tagged. Modified files are not marked 5642 for later tagging. 5643 5644 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5645 5646 8. Why doesn't "tag" write a history record the way "rtag" does? 5647 5648 The "rtag" command was originally intended to place major "release" 5649 tags onto modules. The "tag" functionality was developed to *move* the 5650 more significant tag when slight changes to individual files sneaked 5651 in after the release tag was stamped onto the Repository. 5652 5653 The significant event was the "rtag", which was recorded in the 5654 "history" file for the "history -T" option to work. 5655 5656 It turns out that "tag" is generally more useful than "rtag", so the 5657 model has changed. Future revisions of CVS will probably store both 5658 kinds of tags in the history file. 5659 5660 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5661 5662 9. How do I rename a <tag>? 5663 5664 For a procedure to rename a branch tag, See section 4D.5 The following 5665 covers only non-branch tags. 5666 5667 First, pick a <newtag> that is not in use. You could reuse (i.e. move) 5668 an existing tag to the new revisions using the '-F' option, but that 5669 will confuse matters when both tags are not already on a file. (It 5670 will probably confuse "rtag -f" too.) 5671 5672 Use "rtag" to place <newtag> only on revisions attached to <oldtag> in 5673 the whole Repository, then delete the old one. 5674 5675 cvs rtag -r <oldtag> <newtag> world 5676 cvs rtag -d <oldtag> world. 5677 5678 You can also checkout or update your working directory to the <oldtag> 5679 and "tag" rather than "rtag" the result. But that will take longer and 5680 it has the chance of producing conflicts. 5681 5682 cvs update -r <oldtag> 5683 cvs tag <newtag> 5684 cvs tag -d <oldtag> 5685 cvs update -A (or cvs update -r <previous_tag>) 5686 5687 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5688 5689 Category: /Commands_/update_up_upd/ 5690 5691 " + "update", "up", "upd"" 5692 5693 1. What is "update" for? 5694 5695 The "update" command is by far the most important command and is 5696 probably also the most used command. 5697 5698 It has five purposes: (And many options.) 5699 5700 To display the status of your working files. 5701 5702 Though a plain "update" also displays the status, it does so after 5703 possibly altering your working directory. To see the status of your 5704 working files without changing anything, type: 5705 5706 cvs -n update {optional list of files} 5707 5708 To merge changes made by others to the branch you are working on 5709 into your working files. 5710 5711 Each working directory is attached to a branch, usually the Main 5712 branch. To merge changes made on your working branch since your last 5713 checkout, update or commit, type: 5714 5715 cvs update {optional list of files} 5716 5717 To merge changes made on another branch into the branch you are 5718 working on (your "working branch"). 5719 5720 If you want to grab a whole branch, from the branch point, which is 5721 assumed to be on the Main Branch, to the end of the branch, you type: 5722 5723 cvs update -j <branch_tag> {optional files} 5724 5725 If you want to grab the changes made between two tags or revisions, 5726 you type: 5727 5728 cvs update -j <tag1> -j <tag2> {optional files} 5729 5730 (If you are working with a single file, the Tags could also be 5731 revisions numbers. Unless you take great care to match revision 5732 numbers across different files (a waste of time given the way Tags 5733 work), using revision numbers in place of the Tags for multiple files 5734 would be meaningless.) 5735 5736 To move your working directory to another branch. 5737 5738 A working directory is presumed to be attached to (or working on) a 5739 particular branch, usually the Main branch. To alter what CVS believes 5740 to be your working branch, you "move" to that branch. 5741 5742 To move to a tagged branch, type: 5743 5744 cvs update -r <branch_tag> {optional files} 5745 5746 To move to the Main Branch, type: 5747 5748 cvs update -A {optional files} 5749 5750 If you have modified files in your working directory, this is not a 5751 clean move. CVS will attempt to merge the changes necessary to make it 5752 look like you made the same changes to the new branch as you made in 5753 the old one. But if you do this twice without resolving the merge 5754 conflicts each time, you can lose work. 5755 5756 To retrieve old revisions of files. 5757 5758 This option is similar to 4 above but you are not restricted to using 5759 a <branch_tag>. You may specify any revision or <tag> with '-r' and 5760 get the specified revision or the tagged revision: 5761 5762 cvs update -r <tag/rev> {optional files} 5763 5764 Or you may specify any date with '-D': 5765 5766 cvs update -D <date> {optional files} 5767 5768 The '-p' option sends the revisions to standard output (normally your 5769 terminal) rather than setting the "sticky" tag and changing the files. 5770 5771 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5772 5773 2. What do 'U', 'M' and 'C' mean when I type "update"? Are they different 5774 for "cvs -n update"? 5775 5776 "cvs update" merges changes made to the Repository, since your last 5777 "checkout", "update" or "commit", into your working files. You can 5778 think of it as changing your BASE revision. 5779 5780 "cvs update" prints lines beginning with: 5781 5782 'U' after replacing your unmodified file with a different 5783 revision from the Repository. 5784 5785 'M' for two different reasons: 5786 5787 for files you have modified that have not changed in the Repository. 5788 5789 after a merge, if it detected no conflicts. 5790 5791 'C' after a merge, if it detected conflicts. See 2D.7 and 3P.6 for 5792 more info on conflict resolution and "sticky conflicts." 5793 5794 "cvs -n update" shows what it *would* do, rather than doing it. Or, 5795 another way of looking at it, "cvs -n update" displays the 5796 relationship between your current BASE revisions (identified in your 5797 ./CVS/Entries file) and the HEAD revisions (the latest revisions in 5798 the Repository). 5799 5800 "cvs -n update" prints lines beginning with: 5801 5802 'U' for files you have not modified that have changed in the 5803 Repository. 5804 5805 'M' for files you have modified that have not changed in the 5806 Repository. 5807 5808 'C' for files you have modified that have also been changed in the 5809 Repository. 5810 5811 See 4C.6 for what the letters mean when merging in from another 5812 branch. The output is almost the same for a normal update if you 5813 consider the Repository as the branch and your working directory as 5814 the "trunk". 5815 5816 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5817 5818 3. What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"? 5819 5820 See 3C.4 above. 5821 5822 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5823 5824 4. Why don't I get new files when I execute "update"? 5825 5826 There are six reasons for nothing to happen during an "update": 5827 5828 Nothing on your branch changed in the Repository. 5829 5830 If no one has committed anything to the branch you are working on 5831 (normally the Main branch) since the last time you executed 5832 "checkout", "update" or "commit", nothing will happen. 5833 5834 It's like shouting "xyzzy" or "plugh" in the wrong room. 5835 5836 You have a "sticky" non-branch <tag> or <date> attached to the 5837 working files you are trying to "update". 5838 5839 At some time in the past you checked out or updated your directory 5840 with the "-r <tag>" or "-D <date>" option. Until you do it again with 5841 a different tag or date, or go back to the Main Branch with "update 5842 -A", you will never again see any updates. 5843 5844 The ./CVS/Entries.Static file exists and you are expecting a new 5845 file. 5846 5847 If your ./CVS administrative directory contains a file named 5848 Entries.Static, no files will be checked out that aren't already in 5849 the Entries or Entries.Static file. 5850 5851 You forgot to use the '-d' option and are looking for new 5852 directories. 5853 5854 If you execute "update" without the '-d' option, it will not create 5855 new directories that have been added to the Repository. 5856 5857 You typed "update" instead of "cvs update". 5858 5859 On most Unix systems, your disk caches are now furiously being flushed 5860 by multiple update daemons, destroying performance and proving to 5861 management that you need more CPU power. :-) 5862 5863 On HP systems you might be asked what package you want to install from 5864 the "update server". 5865 5866 Someone removed (using "admin -o") your BASE revision (the revision 5867 CVS thought you had in your working directory), then committed a 5868 "replacement". CVS is now confused because the revision in the 5869 Repository matches your BASE revision when the files themselves don't 5870 match. See 3B.6. 5871 5872 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5873 5874 5. Why does "update" say 'M' both for plain modified files and for 5875 successful (i.e. conflict-free) merges? Aren't they different? 5876 5877 A design choice. Yes, they are different internally, but that 5878 shouldn't matter. Your files are in the same condition after the 5879 "update" as they were before -- a "diff" will display only your 5880 modifications. And you are expected to continue onward with parts two 5881 and three of the normal development cycle: "emacs" (a synonym for 5882 "edit" in most of the civilized world) and "commit". 5883 5884 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5885 5886 6. What's a "sticky conflict"? How does it know a conflict occurred? 5887 5888 When a "cvs update" (or an "update -j") creates a conflict, it prints 5889 a 'C' and stores the timestamp of the file after the merge in a 5890 special field in the ./CVS/Entries file. 5891 5892 This conflict indication implies that the merge command altered your 5893 working file to contain conflict markers surrounding the overlapping 5894 code segments. For example, say that 5895 5896 - Two developers acquire revision 1.2 of <file> via "checkout" or 5897 "update". 5898 5899 - Developer A changes line 1 from "9999" to "5555", then commits the 5900 file, creating revision 1.3. 5901 5902 - Developer B changes line 1 from "9999" to "7777", then tries to 5903 commit the file, but is blocked because the file is not up to date. 5904 Developer B then runs "update" and sees the conflict marker 'C'. The 5905 beginning of the file would look like this: 5906 5907 <<<<<<< <file> The working <file> in question. 5908 7777 Change made to the working <file>. 5909 ======= 5910 5555 Change made in the first commit (1.3) 5911 >>>>>>> 1.3 The revision created by the first commit. 5912 5913 The conflict is "sticky", which means that until the conflict is 5914 cleared, the "update" command will continue to display the file's 5915 status as 'C' and the "status" command will show the file's status as 5916 "Unresolved Conflict". 5917 5918 Until the conflict is cleared, "commit" is blocked for this file. 5919 5920 The sticky conflict indicator can be cleared by: 5921 5922 Resolving the conflict by editing the file. Two things must happen 5923 before the conflict is considered resolved: 5924 5925 The timestamp of the file must change. *and* The file must contain no 5926 conflict markers. (The string searched for in the file is the regexp: 5927 "^>>>>>>> ".) 5928 5929 After clearing the sticky conflict indicator, you may then commit the 5930 file normally. 5931 5932 Removing the file and running "update". This throws away the local 5933 changes and accepts the latest committed file on this branch. No 5934 commit is needed. 5935 5936 Forcing the commit to happen by using "commit -f". This is probably 5937 a mistake since there are few lines of real text that begin with 5938 ">>>>>>> ". 5939 5940 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5941 5942 7. Is there a feature to tell me what I have changed, added and removed 5943 without changing anything? 5944 5945 The command "cvs -n update" will do exactly that. 5946 5947 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5948 5949 8. Why were all my files deleted when I executed "update"? 5950 5951 You probably executed "update -r <tag>" some time ago, then removed 5952 <tag> from the Repository files. "update -r <tag>" will delete a file 5953 that doesn't contain <tag>. 5954 5955 A way to fix this is to "cd" into your working directory and type: 5956 5957 cvs update -A 5958 5959 If you don't want the latest revisions on the Main (or Vendor) Branch, 5960 then decide what Tag (normal or branch) you want and type: 5961 5962 cvs update -r <the_tag_you_want> 5963 5964 Another way to make a file disappear is to execute "update -D <date>" 5965 where <date> is before the date stamped onto the first revision in the 5966 RCS file. 5967 5968 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5969 5970 Category: /Past__Future_/ 5971 5972 " Past & Future " 5973 5974 Category: /Past__Future_/Bugs_and_Patches/ 5975 5976 " + Bugs and Patches" 5977 5978 1. Why can't CVS handle deletion of directories? 5979 5980 An oversight, probably. [[Fixed in a future release?]] 5981 5982 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5983 5984 2. Why can't CVS handle the moving of sources from one place in the 5985 5986 directory hierarchy to another? 5987 5988 A "renaming database" has been proposed to track the history of 5989 pathname changes in the Repository. A general solution is a difficult 5990 problem. See 4B.8. 5991 5992 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 5993 5994 3. When I typed "cvs update -D <date>", why did it check out all 5995 5996 sorts of ancient files from the Attic? Shouldn't it just create the 5997 set of files and revisions that existed at that date? 5998 5999 This seems to be a bug, but is really the lack of any obvious place to 6000 store the date when a file is "removed". 6001 6002 There are four ranges of dates that CVS has to deal with when trying 6003 to determine what revision was available on <date>: 6004 6005 Dates before the earliest revision in the file. 6006 6007 Dates between any two revisions in the file. 6008 6009 Dates between the latest revision in the file and the date when the 6010 file was moved to the Attic by "commit". 6011 6012 Dates after moving the file to the Attic. 6013 6014 Since the date when a file is moved to the Attic is not stored 6015 anywhere, CVS can't tell the difference between #3 and #4. To avoid 6016 not producing a file that should exist in case #3, it produces 6017 extraneous files in case #4. 6018 6019 For the above reason, if you have removed files in the Attic, it is 6020 better to use "-r <tag>, or even "-r HEAD" than to use a date spec. 6021 6022 If you must use "-D <date>", then you should either archive and delete 6023 Attic files (losing some past history) or construct your Makefiles to 6024 work with an explicit list of files and let the old source files stay 6025 in the working directory. The contents of the revision-controlled 6026 Makefile can then be considered to contain deletion "information". 6027 6028 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6029 6030 4. When I typed "cvs update -D <date>" in my branch, why did it screw up 6031 all my files? 6032 6033 Currently, the internal routine ("version_ts") that looks up info 6034 about a file, overrides both the tag and date if *either* the tag or 6035 date is specified on the command line. If only the date is specified, 6036 it should not override a branch tag, but it does. 6037 6038 In CVS 1.3, the documented "-D <branch_tag>:<date>" syntax only works 6039 with the Main Branch and the Vendor Branch. 6040 6041 [[Is this fixed in CVS 1.4? This is one item I didn't check.]] 6042 6043 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6044 6045 5. When I executed "checkout" into an existing directory I got "No such 6046 file or directory" errors. Why? 6047 6048 Though the man page says that "checkout" turns into an "update -d" in 6049 directories that already exist, it is referring to directories that 6050 already exist *and* were created by CVS. 6051 6052 When you try to run "checkout" on top of an existing directory 6053 structure, some of which wasn't created by CVS, it will handle 6054 directories and non-CVS files within directories already under CVS, 6055 but it will display the above error on non-CVS files within non-CVS 6056 directories. 6057 6058 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6059 6060 6. Why does "update" send all output to the terminal after 26 files have 6061 been updated? 6062 6063 CVS uses the "tmpnam()" function to generate temporary file names. The 6064 ANSI standard for the "tmpnam()" function says: 6065 6066 "The tmpnam function generates a different string each time it is 6067 called, up to TMP_MAX times. If it is called more than TMP_MAX times, 6068 the behavior is implementation defined." 6069 6070 Later it says that the value of "TMP_MAX shall be at least 25." 6071 6072 On some platforms, the above specification is taken literally by 6073 turning "at least 25" into "exactly 26" and by doing something foolish 6074 (i.e. "implementation defined") after that. Some systems return the 6075 same name repeatedly, which causes one form of trouble. Others return 6076 NULL or garbage, which causes a different form of trouble. 6077 6078 The broken systems appear to be cycling a single character through the 6079 alphabet. SunOS cycles 3 characters through the alphabet, so it won't 6080 cause trouble until 26 cubed or 17576 calls to "tmpnam()". 6081 6082 Since CVS doesn't depend on the exact format of the tmp files, the 6083 workaround is to provide a "tmpnam()" that doesn't have a limit on the 6084 number of calls to it. 6085 6086 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6087 6088 7. Why does the merge occasionally resurrect lines of code? 6089 6090 The diff3 program provided by GNU diff version 1.15 has a bug that 6091 occasionally causes text to come back from the dead. 6092 6093 This is an old problem which you can avoid by upgrading to the latest 6094 GNU "diffutils" package. If you were using GNU diff version 1.15 and 6095 plan to upgrade to the latest GNU diff program, see the next question. 6096 6097 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6098 6099 8. Why does the merge fail when my "rcsmerge" program is configured to use 6100 GNU diff version 2.1 or later? 6101 6102 A change in the overlap format was introduced in GNU diff3 between 6103 versions 2.0 and 2.1 that causes RCS versions before 5.6.0.1 to fail 6104 during a merge. 6105 6106 To get consistent rcsmerge behavior, you have four choices: 6107 6108 Go back to using GNU diff 1.15 or 2.0 with RCS versions 5.5 or 5.6. 6109 If you want to use GNU diff 2.1 or later, you'll have to pick one of 6110 the other three choices in this list. 6111 6112 Grab RCS version 5.6.0.1 from an FSF archive and set the DIFF3_A 6113 macro to '1' as it tells you to in the Makefile: 6114 6115 #define DIFF3_A 1 6116 6117 Patch the RCS 5.6 source. Change line 84 in "merger.c" from: 6118 6119 DIFF3, "-am", "-L", label[0], "-L", label[1], to DIFF3, "-amE", "-L", 6120 label[0], "-L", "", "-L", label[1], 6121 6122 Wait both for RCS version 5.7 to be released and for a new version 6123 of CVS that can deal with it. 6124 6125 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6126 6127 Category: /Past__Future_/Contributors/ 6128 6129 " + Contributors" 6130 6131 1. Who wrote CVS? 6132 6133 Brian Berliner <berliner@sun.com> converted a collection of scripts 6134 written by Dick Grune <dick@cs.vu.nl> into a C program, then added all 6135 sorts of features. He continues to maintain CVS. 6136 6137 Jeff Polk <polk@bsdi.com> wrote much of the code added between 6138 revisions 1.2 and 1.3. Many others were involved at some level. 6139 6140 david d zuhn <zoo@armadillo.com> fixed a number of bugs, added some of 6141 the new features, reworked the whole thing to be more portable, and 6142 provided much of the energy to push CVS 1.4 out the door. 6143 6144 Jim Kingdon implemented CVS 1.5's remote repository access features, 6145 fixed many bugs, and managed the release of version 1.5. 6146 6147 Take a look at the README and the ChangeLog files in the CVS sources 6148 for more contributors. 6149 6150 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6151 6152 2. You didn't write all of this FAQ, did you? 6153 6154 In the original hunt for questions to answer (performed in Jan/Feb, 6155 1993), I polled hundreds of people and I rephrased all sorts of text 6156 found on the net. Between 2/93 and 10/93, I released about 20 6157 versions, with corrections and additions from the info-cvs mailing 6158 list and private correspondence. 6159 6160 Between 10/93 and 10/94 I extracted frequently asked questions from 6161 the 1200 mail messages to the info-cvs mailing list, turned them into 6162 focused questions and tried to answer them. 6163 6164 93/02/?? ~4000 lines 93/06/?? ~5000 lines 93/10/23 7839 lines 278K 6165 94/10/29 9856 lines 360K 95/05/09 9981 lines 365K 6166 6167 Because there are so many posers of questions, I will list only those 6168 who contribute answers or help significantly with the content and 6169 structure of this document. 6170 6171 If I used someone else's text verbatim, I mentioned it in the given 6172 answer. The people whose email postings have added to this document or 6173 who have added to my understanding are: 6174 6175 Brian Berliner <berliner@sun.com>, CVS maintainer. Paul Eggert 6176 <eggert@twinsun.com>, RCS maintainer. 6177 6178 Gray Watson <gray@antaire.com> Per Cederqvist <ceder@signum.se> Pete 6179 Clark <pclark@is.com> 6180 6181 all of whom have sent me copies of their tutorials and local CVS 6182 documentation. 6183 6184 Additional contributors, who have sent me ideas, text, corrections and 6185 support include (in alphabetical order): 6186 6187 Per Abrahamsen <amanda@iesd.auc.dk> Donald Amby 6188 <amby@mixcom.mixcom.com> Mark D Baushke <mdb@cisco.com> Jim Blandy 6189 <jimb@cyclic.com> Tom Cunningham <tomc@bouwsma,sps.mot.com> Graydon 6190 Dodson <grdodson@lexmark.com> Joe Drumgoole 6191 <joed@splatter.demon.co.uk> Don Dwiggins <dwig@markv.com> Bryant 6192 Eastham <bryant@ced.utah.edu> Dan Franklin <dan@diamond.bbn.com> 6193 Michael Ganzberger <ganzbergermd@ES.net> Steve Harris 6194 <vsh%etnibsd@uunet.uu.net> Erik van Linstee 6195 <linstee@dutecaj.et.tudelft.nl> Jeffrey M Loomis <jml@world.std.com> 6196 Barry Margolin <barmar@near.net> Mark K. Mellis <mkm@ncd.com> Chris 6197 Moore <Chris.Moore@src.bae.co.uk> Gary Oberbrunner <garyo@avs.com> 6198 Steve Turner <stevet@carrier.sps.mot.com> Dave Wolfe 6199 <dwolfe@pffft.sps.mot.com> Dale Woolridge <dwoolridge@cid.aes.doe.ca> 6200 6201 Please send corrections. If I forgot you, remind me and I'll add your 6202 name to the list. 6203 6204 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6205 6206 Category: /Past__Future_/Development/ 6207 6208 " + Development" 6209 6210 1. Where do I send bug reports? 6211 6212 First make sure it is a bug. Talk to your friends, coworkers and 6213 anyone you know who uses CVS. Search this FAQ for related issues. Then 6214 test it carefully. Try out variations to narrow down the problem. Make 6215 sure it is repeatable. Look for workarounds so you can report them. 6216 6217 If you are still sure it's a bug and you tried to fix it, skip to the 6218 next question. Otherwise, send a message to the info-cvs mailing list 6219 containing one of the following: 6220 6221 If you have a good repeatable case and you think you know what is 6222 going on, then describe the problem in detail. Include a workaround if 6223 you have one. 6224 6225 If you have no idea what is going on, go ahead and send a question 6226 to the info-cvs mailing list. Include any information you have 6227 describing the symptoms. 6228 6229 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6230 6231 2. Where do I send fixes and patches? 6232 6233 First make sure the "fix" does something useful. Have someone review 6234 your fix. Spend a bit of one person's time in a detailed analysis of 6235 your vast idea before displaying a half-vast idea to hundreds of 6236 people. 6237 6238 If you tried to fix it and the patch is small, include the patch in 6239 your message. Make sure the patch is based on the latest released 6240 version of CVS. 6241 6242 If you tried to fix it and the patch is large, you should think about 6243 why it is so large. Did you add a generally useful feature, or did it 6244 grow out of hand? 6245 6246 If you still believe it is solid, produce a patch file using the CVS 6247 commands "patch" or "diff -c". [[You *are* keeping CVS under CVS, 6248 right?]] The patch should be based on the latest released version of 6249 CVS. Then use the "cvsbug" program (provided with the CVS sources) to 6250 send it to the CVS maintainers. A self-contained patch that provides a 6251 single useful feature or correction might show up independently in the 6252 patches directory of the FTP archive. 6253 6254 If careful testing reveals an RCS bug rather than a CVS bug, you can 6255 send bug reports to: rcs-bugs@cs.purdue.edu 6256 6257 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6258 6259 3. Where do I send ideas for future development? 6260 6261 If you have a bright idea, discuss it on the info-cvs mailing list. If 6262 you have the time to implement something you can test, send the diffs 6263 along too as described above. 6264 6265 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6266 6267 4. What plans are there for new features? 6268 6269 6270 6271A "rename" or "per-directory" database has been bandied about on 6272the net for years. Many of the goals of the rename database have 6273been achieved by the so-called "death support" in recent versions of 6274CVS (such as 1.9). For more information on what may remain to be 6275done, see item #189 in the TODO file of a development version of CVS. 6276 6277CVS version 1.5 supports remote repository access, but Paul 6278Kunz has produced another version 6279(rCVS) that also runs remotely. Note that as far as I know there 6280are no advantages to rCVS over the remote CVS in CVS 1.5 and later, 6281and the rCVS user community has migrated to remote CVS. 6282rCVS is *not* a multisite CVS (see item #186 in TODO for more on 6283multisite). For more on rCVS, see 6284 6285ftp://ftp.slac.stanford.edu/software/rcvs 6286 6287kingdon@cyclic.com 6288 6289 Last modified: _9/6/1997_ 6290 6291 5. I have some time and I'd like to help. What can I do for you? 6292 6293 6294 You can review this document, correct errors and fill in any of 6295 the incomplete sections. 6296 6297 You can write scripts or CVS add-ons and make them available by 6298 web/FTP/etc. 6299 6300 You could work on the regression test suite (src/sanity.sh in the 6301 CVS source distribution). 6302 6303 You can write specs for new features, fix bugs, review the 6304 documentation or . . . 6305 6306 For more information, see the files HACKING and DEVEL-CVS in the 6307 CVS source distribution or 6308 http://www.cyclic.com/cyclic-pages/cvsdev.html 6309 6310 kingdon@cyclic.com 6311 6312 Last modified: _9/6/1997_ 6313 6314 Category: /Past__Future_/Professional_Support/ 6315 6316 " + Professional Support" 6317 6318 1. Doesn't Cygnus support CVS? 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 Cygnus is a company that supports free software such as the GCC 6324 compiler. They have never sold support for CVS, however. They 6325 do use CVS internally and have contributed much code to CVS over 6326 the years (for which CVS users should be grateful). 6327 6328 kingdon@cyclic.com 6329 6330 Last modified: _9/6/1997_ 6331 6332 2. What is Cyclic Software doing with CVS? 6333 6334 6335Cyclic Software exists to provide support for CVS. For details such 6336as prices and what this covers, see http://www.cyclic.com or ask 6337info@cyclic.com. 6338 6339kingdon@cyclic.com 6340 6341 Last modified: _9/6/1997_ 6342 6343 Category: /User_Tasks_/ 6344 6345 " User Tasks " 6346 6347 Category: /User_Tasks_/Common_User_Tasks/ 6348 6349 " + Common User Tasks" 6350 6351 1. What is the absolute minimum I have to do to edit a file? 6352 6353 Tell your Repository Administrator to create a module covering the 6354 directory or files you care about. You will be told that your module 6355 name is <module>. Then type: 6356 6357 cvs checkout <module> 6358 cd <module> 6359 emacs <file> # Isn't Emacs a synonym for edit? 6360 cvs commit <file> 6361 6362 If you don't use modules (in my opinion, a mistake), you can check out 6363 a directory by substituting its relative path within the Repository 6364 for <module> in the example above. 6365 6366 To work on a single file, you'll have to change "cd <module>" to "cd 6367 `dirname <module>`". 6368 6369 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6370 6371 2. If I edit multiple files, must I type "commit" for each one? 6372 6373 No. You can commit a list of files and directories, including relative 6374 paths into multiple directories. You can also commit every modified 6375 file in the current directory or in all directories and subdirectories 6376 from your current directory downward. See 3D.2. 6377 6378 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6379 6380 3. How do I get rid of the <module> directory that "checkout" created? 6381 6382 Change your directory to be the same as when you executed the 6383 "checkout" command that created <module>. 6384 6385 If you want to get rid of the CVS control information, but leave the 6386 files and directories, type: 6387 6388 cvs release <module> 6389 6390 If you want to obliterate the entire directory, type: 6391 6392 cvs release -d <module> 6393 6394 ("release -d" searches through the output of "cvs -n update" and 6395 refuses to continue if the "update" command finds any modified files 6396 or non-ignored foreign files. Foreign directories too.) 6397 6398 If you don't care about keeping "history", or checking for modified 6399 and foreign files, you can just remove the whole directory. That's "rm 6400 -rf <module>" under Unix. 6401 6402 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6403 6404 4. How do I find out what has changed since my last update? 6405 6406 There are many ways to answer this. 6407 6408 To find out what you've changed in your current working directory 6409 since your last checkout, update or commit, type: 6410 6411 cvs diff 6412 6413 To find out what other people have added (to your branch) since you 6414 last checked out or updated, type: 6415 6416 cvs diff -r BASE -r HEAD 6417 6418 To look at a revision history containing the comments for all changes, 6419 you can use the "log" command. 6420 6421 You can also use "history" to trace a wide variety of events. 6422 6423 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6424 6425 5. I just created a new file. How do I add it to the Repository? 6426 6427 The "update" command will mark files CVS doesn't know about in your 6428 working directory with a '?' indicator. 6429 6430 ? <file> 6431 6432 To add <file> to the Repository, type: 6433 6434 cvs add <file> 6435 cvs commit <file> 6436 6437 See 3A.[2-5] and 4C.8 for branch and merge considerations. 6438 6439 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6440 6441 6. How do I merge changes made by others into my working directory? 6442 6443 If you are asking about other branches, see Section 4C on "Branching". 6444 You will have to use the "update -j" command. 6445 6446 Retrieving changes made to the Repository on the *same* branch you are 6447 working on is the main purpose of the "update" command. The "update" 6448 command tries to merge work committed to the Repository by others 6449 since you last executed "checkout", "update" or "commit" into your 6450 working files. 6451 6452 For a single file, there are six possible results when you type the 6453 "update" command: 6454 6455 If the file is lying in your working directory, but is not under 6456 CVS, it will do nothing but print: 6457 6458 ? <file> 6459 6460 If neither you nor anyone else has committed changes to <file>, 6461 since your last "checkout", "update" or "commit", "update" will print 6462 nothing and do nothing. 6463 6464 If you have made no changes to a working file, but you or others 6465 have committed changes to the Repository since your last "checkout", 6466 "update" or "commit" of this working file, CVS will remove your 6467 working file and replace it with a copy of the latest revision of that 6468 file in the Repository. It will print: 6469 6470 U <file> 6471 6472 You might want to examine the changes (using the CVS "diff" command) 6473 to see if they mesh with your own in related files. 6474 6475 If you have made changes to a working file, but no one has changed 6476 your BASE revision (the revision you retrieved from the Repository in 6477 your last "checkout", "update" or "commit"), "update" will print: 6478 6479 M <file> 6480 6481 Nothing changes. You were told that you have a modified file in your 6482 directory. 6483 6484 If you have made changes to your working file and you or others have 6485 committed changes to the Repository, but in different sections of the 6486 file, CVS will merge the changes stored in the Repository since your 6487 last "checkout", "update" or "commit" into your working file. "update" 6488 will print: 6489 6490 RCS file: /Repository/module/<file> retrieving revision 1.X retrieving 6491 revision 1.Y Merging differences between 1.X and 1.Y into <file> M 6492 <file> 6493 6494 If you execute "diff" before and after this step, you should see the 6495 same output, since both the base file and your working file changed in 6496 parallel. This is one of the few times the otherwise nonsensical 6497 phrase "same difference" means something. 6498 6499 If both you and those who committed files (since your last checkout, 6500 update or commit) have made changes to the same section of a file, CVS 6501 will merge the changes into your file as in #5 above, but it will 6502 leave conflict indicators in the file. "update" will print: 6503 6504 RCS file: /Repository/module/<file> retrieving revision 1.X retrieving 6505 revision 1.Y Merging differences between 1.X and 1.Y into <file> 6506 rcsmerge warning: overlaps during merge 6507 cvs update: conflicts found in <file> 6508 C <file> 6509 6510 This is a "conflict". The file will contain markers surrounding the 6511 overlapping text. The 'C' conflict indicator is sticky -- subsequent 6512 "update" commands will continue to show a 'C' until you edit the file. 6513 6514 You must examine the overlaps with care and resolve the problem by 6515 analyzing how to retain the features of both changes. See 2D.7 and 6516 3P.6 for more details on conflict resolution. 6517 6518 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6519 6520 7. How do I label a set of revisions so I can retrieve them later? 6521 6522 To "tag" the BASE revisions (the ones you last checked out, updated, 6523 or committed) you should "cd" to the head of the working directory you 6524 want to tag and type: 6525 6526 cvs tag <tag> 6527 6528 It recursively walks through your working directory tagging the BASE 6529 revisions of all files. 6530 6531 To "tag" the latest revision on the Main branch in the Repository, you 6532 can use the following from anywhere: (No "cd" is required -- it works 6533 directly on the Repository.) 6534 6535 cvs rtag <tag> <module> 6536 6537 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6538 6539 8. How do I checkout an old release of a module, directory or file? 6540 6541 Module names and directories are simply ways to name sets of files. 6542 Once the names are determined, there are 6 ways to specify which 6543 revision of a particular file to check out: 6544 6545 By tag or symbolic name, via the "-r <tag>" option. 6546 6547 By date, via the "-D <date>" option. 6548 6549 By branch tag (a type of tag with a magic format), via the "-r 6550 <branch_tag>" option. 6551 6552 By date within a branch, via the "-r <branch_tag>:<date>" option. 6553 6554 By an explicit branch revision number ("-r <rev>"), which refers to 6555 the latest revision on the branch. This isn't really an "old" 6556 revision, from the branch's perspective, but from the user's 6557 perspective the whole branch might have been abandoned in the past. 6558 6559 An explicit revision number: "-r <rev>" Though this works, it is 6560 almost useless for more than one file. 6561 6562 You type: 6563 6564 cvs checkout <option-specified-above> <module> 6565 cd <module> 6566 6567 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6568 6569 9. What do I have to remember to do periodically? 6570 6571 You should execute "cvs -n update" fairly often to keep track of what 6572 you and others have changed. It won't change anything -- it will just 6573 give you a report. 6574 6575 Unless you are purposely delaying the inclusion of others' work, you 6576 should execute "update" once in a while and resolve the conflicts. It 6577 is not good to get too far out of sync with the rest of the developers 6578 working on your branch. 6579 6580 It is assumed that your system administrators have arranged for editor 6581 backup and Unix temp files (#* and .#*) to be deleted after a few 6582 weeks. But you might want to look around for anything else that is 6583 ignored or hidden. Try "cvs -n update -I !" to see all the ignored 6584 files. 6585 6586 If you are the Repository Administrator, see 4B.16 on Administrator 6587 responsibilities. 6588 6589 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6590 6591 Category: /User_Tasks_/General_Questions/ 6592 6593 " + General Questions" 6594 6595 1. How do I see what CVS is trying to do? 6596 6597 The '-t' option on the main "cvs" command will display every external 6598 command (mostly RCS commands and file deletions) it executes. When 6599 combined with the '-n' option, which prevents the execution of any 6600 command that might modify a file, you can see what it will do before 6601 you let it fly. The '-t' option will *not* display every internal 6602 action, only calls to external programs. 6603 6604 To see a harmless example, try typing: 6605 6606 cvs -nt update 6607 6608 Some systems offer a "trace" or "truss" command that will display all 6609 system calls as they happen. This is a *very* low-level interface that 6610 does not normally follow the execution of external commands, but it 6611 can be useful. 6612 6613 The most complete answer is to read the source, compile it with the 6614 '-g' option and step through it under a debugger. 6615 6616 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6617 6618 2. If I work with multiple modules, should I check them all out and commit 6619 them occasionally? Is it OK to leave modules checked out? 6620 6621 The simple answers are "Yes." 6622 6623 There is no reason to remove working directories, other than to save 6624 disk space. As long as you have committed the files you choose to make 6625 public, your working directory is just like any other directory. 6626 6627 CVS doesn't care whether you leave modules checked out or not. The 6628 advantage of leaving them checked out is that you can quickly visit 6629 them to make and commit changes. 6630 6631 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6632 6633 3. What is a "sticky" tag? What makes it sticky? How do I loosen it? 6634 6635 When you execute "update -r <tag>", CVS remembers the <tag>. It has 6636 become "sticky" in the sense that until you change it or remove it, 6637 the tag is remembered and used in references to the file as if you had 6638 typed "-r <tag>" on the command line. 6639 6640 It is most useful for a <branch_tag>, which is a sticky tag indicating 6641 what branch you are working on. 6642 6643 A revision number ("-r <rev-number>") or date ("-D <date>") can also 6644 become sticky when they are specified on the command line. 6645 6646 A sticky tag, revision or date remains until you specify another tag, 6647 revision or date the same way. The "update -A" command moves back to 6648 the Main branch, which has the side-effect of clearing all sticky 6649 items on the updated files. 6650 6651 The "checkout" command creates sticky tags, revisions and dates the 6652 same way "update" does. 6653 6654 Also, the '-k' option records a "sticky" keyword option that is used 6655 in further "updates until "update -A" is specified. 6656 6657 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6658 6659 4. How do I get an old revision without updating the "sticky tag"? 6660 6661 Use the '-p' option to "pipe" data to standard output. The command 6662 "update -p -r <tag/rev>" sends the selected revision to your standard 6663 output (usually the terminal, unless redirected). The '-p' affects no 6664 disk files, leaving a "sticky tag" unaltered and avoiding all other 6665 side-effects of a normal "update". 6666 6667 If you want to save the result, you can redirect "stdout" to a file 6668 using your shell's redirection capability. In most shells the 6669 following command works: 6670 6671 cvs update -p -r <tag/rev> filename > diskfile 6672 6673 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6674 6675 5. What operations disregard sticky tags? 6676 6677 The functions that routinely disregard sticky tags are: 6678 6679 Those that work directly on the Repository or its administrative 6680 files: 6681 6682 admin rtag log status remove history 6683 6684 Those that take Tags or revisions as arguments and ignore everything 6685 else: (They also never *set* a sticky tag.) 6686 6687 rdiff import export 6688 6689 The "release" command itself ignores sticky tags, but it calls "cvs 6690 -n update" (which *does* pay attention to a sticky tag) to figure out 6691 what inconsistencies exist in the working directory. If no 6692 discrepancies exist between the files you originally checked out 6693 (possibly marked by a sticky tag) and what is there now, "release -d" 6694 will delete them all. 6695 6696 The "tag" command works on the revision lying in the working 6697 directory however it got there. That the revision lying there might 6698 happen to have a sticky tag attached to it is not the "tag" command's 6699 concern. 6700 6701 The main function that *does* read and write sticky tags is the 6702 "update" command. You can avoid referring to or changing the sticky 6703 tag by using the '-p' option, which sends files to your terminal, 6704 touching nothing else. 6705 6706 The "checkout" command sets sticky tags when checking out a new module 6707 and it acts like "update" when checking out a module into an existing 6708 directory. 6709 6710 The "diff" and "commit" commands use the sticky tags, unless 6711 overridden on the command line. They do not set sticky tags. Note that 6712 you can only "commit" to a file checked out with a sticky tag, if the 6713 tag identifies a branch. 6714 6715 There are really two types of sticky tags, one attached to individual 6716 files (in the ./CVS/Entries file) and one attached to each directory 6717 (in the ./CVS/Tag file). They can differ. 6718 6719 The "add" command registers the desire to add a new file. If the 6720 "directory tag" (./CVS/Tag) file exists at the time of the "add", the 6721 value stored in ./CVS/Tag becomes the "sticky tag" on the new file. 6722 The file doesn't exist in the Repository until you "commit" it, but 6723 the ./CVS/Entries file holds the sticky tag name from the time of the 6724 "add" forward. 6725 6726 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6727 6728 6. Is there a way to avoid reverting my Emacs buffer after committing a 6729 file? Is there a "cvs-mode" for Emacs? 6730 6731 See Section 4F.1 6732 6733 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6734 6735 7. How does conflict resolution work? What *really* happens if two of us 6736 change the same file? 6737 6738 While editing files, there is no conflict. You are working on separate 6739 copies of the file stored in the virtual "branch" represented by your 6740 working directories. After one of you commits a file, the other may 6741 not commit the same file until "update" has merged the earlier 6742 committed changes into the later working file. 6743 6744 For example, say you both check out rev 1.2 of <file> and make change 6745 to your working files. Your coworker commits revision 1.3. When you 6746 try to commit your file, CVS says: 6747 6748 cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `<file>' 6749 6750 You must merge your coworker's changes into your working file by 6751 typing: 6752 6753 cvs update <file> 6754 6755 which will produce the output described in 2B.6. 6756 6757 If a conflict occurs, the filename will be shown with a status of 'C'. 6758 After you resolve any overlaps caused by the merging process, you may 6759 then commit the file. See 3P.6 for info on "sticky conflicts". 6760 6761 Even if you get a simple 'M', you should examine the differences 6762 before committing the file. A smooth, error-free text merge is still 6763 no indication that the file is in proper shape. Compile and test it at 6764 least. 6765 6766 The answer to two obvious questions is "Yes". 6767 6768 Yes, the first one who commits avoids the merge. Later developers have 6769 to merge the earlier changes into their working files before 6770 committing the merged result. Depending on how difficult the merge is 6771 and how important the contending projects are, the order of commits 6772 and updates might have to be carefully staged. 6773 6774 And yes, between the time you execute "update" and "commit" (while you 6775 are fixing conflicts and testing the results) someone else may commit 6776 another revision of <file>. You will have to execute "update" again to 6777 merge the new work before committing. Most organizations don't have 6778 this problem. If you do, you might consider splitting the file. Or 6779 hiring a manager. 6780 6781 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6782 6783 8. How can I tell who has a module checked out? 6784 6785 If you "checkout" module names (not relative pathnames) and you use 6786 the release command, the "history" command will display active 6787 checkouts, who has them and where they were checked out. It is 6788 advisory only; it can be circumvented by using the '-l' option on the 6789 main "cvs" command. 6790 6791 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6792 6793 9. Where did the .#<file>.1.3 file in my working directory come from? 6794 6795 It was created during an "update" when CVS merged changes from the 6796 Repository into your modified working file. 6797 6798 It serves the same purpose as any "backup" file: saving your bacon 6799 often enough to be worth retaining. It is invaluable in recovering 6800 when things go wrong. 6801 6802 Say Developers A (you) and B check out rev 1.3 of file <file>. You 6803 both make changes -- different changes. B commits first, so <file>,v 6804 in the Repository contains revisions up through 1.4. 6805 6806 At this point, there are 5 (yes, five) versions of the file of 6807 interest to you: 6808 6809 Revision 1.3 (What you originally checked out.) 6810 6811 Revision 1.4 (What you need from developer B.) 6812 6813 Your old working file. (Before the update.) 6814 6815 Your new working file. (After the merge caused by "update".) 6816 6817 Revision 1.5 (Which you will commit shortly.) 6818 6819 In the case where your working file was not modified, #1 and #3 will 6820 be the same, as will #2 and #4. In this degenerate case, there is no 6821 need to create #5. The following assumes that your working file was 6822 modified. 6823 6824 If the merge executed by the "update" caused no overlaps, and you 6825 commit the file immediately, #4 and #5 will be the same. But you can 6826 make arbitrary changes before committing, so the difference between #4 6827 and #5 might be more than just the correction of overlaps. In general, 6828 though, you don't need #4 after a commit. 6829 6830 But #3 (which is the one saved as ".#<file>.1.3") holds all of your 6831 work, independent of B's work. It could represent a major effort that 6832 you couldn't afford to lose. If you don't save it somewhere, the merge 6833 makes #3 *disappear* under a potential blizzard of conflicts caused by 6834 overlapping changes. 6835 6836 I have been saved a few times, and others I support have been saved 6837 hundreds of times, by the ability to "diff <original file> <original 6838 file with only my work added>", which can be done in the example above 6839 by the Unix shell command: 6840 6841 cvs update -p -r 1.3 <file> | diff - .#<file>.1.3 6842 6843 The assumption is that the ".#" files will be useful far beyond the 6844 "commit" point, but not forever. You are expected to run the "normal" 6845 Unix cleanup script from "cron", which removes "#*" and ".#*" files 6846 older than a some period chosen by your sysadmin, usually ranging from 6847 7 to 30 days. 6848 6849 A question was raised about the need for #3 after #5 has been 6850 committed, under the assumption that you won't commit files until 6851 everything is exactly as you like them. 6852 6853 This assumes perfect humans, which violates one of the Cardinal rules 6854 of Software Engineering: Never assume any form of discipline on the 6855 part of the users of software. If restrictions are not bound into the 6856 software, then you, the toolsmith, have to arrange a recovery path. 6857 6858 In other words, I've seen every possible variety of screwup you can 6859 imagine in #5. There is no way to make assumptions about what "should" 6860 happen. I've seen #5 filled with zeros because of NFS failures, I've 6861 seen emacs core dumps that leave #5 in an unreasonable state, I've 6862 seen a foolish developer uppercase the whole file (with his "undo" 6863 size set low so he couldn't undo it) and decide that it would be less 6864 work to play with the uppercased file than to blow it away and start 6865 over. I've even seen committed files with conflict markers still in 6866 them, a sure sign of carelessness. 6867 6868 There are all sorts of scenarios where having #3 is incredibly useful. 6869 You can move it back into place and try again. 6870 6871 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6872 6873 10. What is this "ignore" business? What is it ignoring? 6874 6875 The "update" and "import" commands use collections of Unix wildcards 6876 to skip over files and directories matching any of those patterns. 6877 6878 You may add to the built-in ignore list by adding lines of 6879 whitespace-separated wildcards to the following places: (They are read 6880 in this order.) 6881 6882 In a file named "cvsignore" in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT. 6883 6884 A Repository Administrator uses this to add site-specific files and 6885 patterns to the built-in ignore list. 6886 6887 In a file named ".cvsignore" in your home directory. 6888 6889 For user-specific files. For example, if you use "__" as your default 6890 junk file prefix, you can put "__*" in your .cvsignore file. 6891 6892 People who play around exclusively in directory trees where the 6893 Makefiles are generated by "imake" or "configure" might want to put 6894 "Makefile" in their ignore list, since they are all generated and 6895 usually don't end up in the Repository. 6896 6897 In the CVSIGNORE environment variable. 6898 6899 For session-specific files. 6900 6901 Via the '-I' option on "import" or "update" commands. 6902 6903 For this-command-only files. 6904 6905 In a file named ".cvsignore" within each directory. 6906 6907 The contents of a ".cvsignore" file in each directory is temporarily 6908 added to the ignore list. This way you can ignore files that are 6909 peculiar to that directory, such as executables and other generated 6910 files without known wildcard patterns. 6911 6912 In any of the places listed above, a single '!' character nulls out 6913 the ignore list. A Repository administrator can use this to override, 6914 rather than enhance, the built-in ignore list. A user can choose to 6915 override the system-wide ignore list. For example, if you place "! *.o 6916 *.a" in your .cvsignore file, only *.o *.a files, plus any files a 6917 local-directory .cvsignore file, are ignored. 6918 6919 A variant of the ignore-file scheme is used internally during 6920 checkout. "Module names" found in the modules file (or on the 6921 "checkout" command line) that begin with a '!' are ignored during 6922 checkout. This is useful to permanently ignore (if the '!' path is in 6923 the modules file) or temporarily ignore (if the '!' path is on the 6924 command line) a sub-directory within a Repository hierarchy. For 6925 example: 6926 6927 cvs checkout !gnu/emacs/tests gnu/emacs 6928 6929 would checkout the module (or relative path within $CVSROOT) named 6930 "gnu/emacs", but ignore the "tests" directory within it. 6931 6932 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6933 6934 11. Is there a way to set user-specific configuration options? 6935 6936 User-specific configuration is available through use of a ".cvsrc" 6937 file in your home directory. 6938 6939 CVS searches the first column of your ~/.cvsrc file for the cvs 6940 command name you invoked. If the command is found, the rest of the 6941 line is treated like a set of command line options, stuffed into the 6942 command line before the arguments you actually typed. 6943 6944 For example, if you always want to see context diffs and you never 6945 want to have to delete a file before you run "cvs remove", then you 6946 should create a .cvsrc file containing the following: 6947 6948 diff -c 6949 remove -f 6950 6951 which will add the given options to every invocation of the given 6952 commands. 6953 6954 [[The rest of this will be removed someday, when CVS changes.]] 6955 6956 I would like to stop here with a comment that the command name to use 6957 is the full, canonical one. But the command that the cvsrc support 6958 uses is the string you typed on the command line, not the proper 6959 command. So to get the full effect of the above example, you should 6960 also add all the alternate command names: 6961 6962 di -c 6963 dif -c 6964 rm -f 6965 delete -f 6966 6967 There are two other limitations that will probably be fixed when CVS 6968 sprouts long option names: 6969 6970 It only affects options made available on the command line. 6971 6972 There is a limited number of short options. With long option names, 6973 there is no problem. You can have as many long options as you like, 6974 affecting anything that looks malleable. 6975 6976 The existing command line options do not come in on/off pairs, so 6977 there is no easy way to override your ~/.cvsrc configuration for a 6978 single invocation of a command. 6979 6980 Choosing a good set of long option pairs would fix this. 6981 6982 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 6983 6984 12. Is it safe to interrupt CVS using Control-C? 6985 6986 It depends on what you mean by "safe". ("Ah," said Arthur, "this is 6987 obviously some strange usage of the word *safe* that I wasn't 6988 previously aware of." -- Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy) 6989 6990 You won't hurt the underlying RCS files and if you are executing a 6991 command that only *reads* data, you will have no cleanup to do. 6992 6993 But you may have to hit Control-C repeatedly to stop it. CVS uses the 6994 Unix "system" routine which blocks signals in the CVS parent process. 6995 A single Control-C during "system" will only halt the child process, 6996 usually some form of RCS command. 6997 6998 If you don't hit another Control-C while the CVS process has control, 6999 it is likely to continue onto the next task assuming that the earlier 7000 one did its job. It is not enough to hit two Control-C's. You might 7001 simply kill two child processes and not interrupt CVS at all. 7002 Depending on the speed of your processor, your terminal and your 7003 fingers, you might have to hit dozens of Control-C's to stop the damn 7004 thing. 7005 7006 Executing a CVS command, such as "commit" or "tag" that writes to the 7007 files is a different matter. 7008 7009 Since CVS is not a full-fledged database, with what database people 7010 call "commit points", merely stopping the process will not back out 7011 the "transaction" and place you back in the starting blocks. CVS has 7012 no concept of an "atomic" transaction or of "backtracking", which 7013 means that a command can be half-executed. 7014 7015 Hitting Control-C will usually leave lock files that you have to go 7016 clean up in the Repository. 7017 7018 Example1: 7019 7020 If you interrupt a multi-file "commit" in the middle of 7021 an RCS checkin, RCS will leave the file either fully 7022 checked-in or in its original state. But CVS might have 7023 been half-way through the list of files to commit. The 7024 directory or module will be inconsistent. 7025 7026 To recover, you must remove the lock files, then decide 7027 whether you want to back out or finish the job. 7028 7029 To back out, you'll have to apply the "admin -o" 7030 command, very carefully, to remove the newly committed 7031 revisions. This is usually a bad idea, but is 7032 occasionally necessary. 7033 7034 To finish, you can simply retype the same commit command. 7035 CVS will figure out what files are still modified and 7036 commit them. It helps that RCS doesn't leave a file in an 7037 intermediate state. 7038 7039 Example2: 7040 7041 If you interrupt a multi-file "tag" command, you have a 7042 problem similar, but not equivalent, to interrupting a 7043 "commit". The RCS file will still be consistent, but 7044 unlike "commit", which only *adds* to the RCS file, "tag" 7045 can *move* a tag and it doesn't keep a history of what 7046 revision a tag used to be attached to. 7047 7048 Normally, you have little choice but to re-execute the 7049 command and allow it to tag everything consistently. 7050 7051 You might be able to recover by carefully re-applying the 7052 tags via the "cvs admin -N" command, but you'll still have 7053 to dig up from outside sources the information you use to 7054 determine what tag was on what revision in what file. 7055 the Repository, or by using the equivalent: "cvs admin". 7056 7057 Halting a new "checkout" should cause no harm. If you don't want it, 7058 "release" (or rm -rf) it. If you do want it, re-execute the command. A 7059 repeated "checkout" from above a directory acts like a repeated 7060 "update -d" within it. 7061 7062 Halting "update" half-way will give you an unpredictable collection of 7063 files and revisions. To continue, you can rerun the update and it 7064 should move you forward into in a known state. To back out, you'll 7065 have to examine the output from the first "update" command, take a 7066 look at each file that was modified and reconstruct the previous state 7067 by editing the ./CVS/Entries file and by using "cvs admin". Good Luck. 7068 7069 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7070 7071 13. How do I turn off the "admin" command? 7072 7073 In the current revision, you'd have to edit the source code. 7074 7075 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7076 7077 14. How do I turn off the ability to disable history via "cvs -l"? 7078 7079 In the current revision, you'd have to edit the source code. 7080 7081 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7082 7083 15. How do I keep certain people from accessing certain directories? 7084 7085 If you don't try to run CVS set[ug]id, you can use Unix groups and 7086 permissions to limit access to the Repository. 7087 7088 If you only want to limit "commit" commands, you can write a program 7089 to put in the "commitinfo" file. In the "contrib" directory, there are 7090 a few scripts that might help you out. 7091 7092 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7093 7094 Category: /User_Tasks_/Getting_Started/ 7095 7096 " + Getting Started" 7097 7098 1. What is the first thing I have to know? 7099 7100 Your organization has most likely assigned one or more persons to 7101 understand, baby-sit and administer the CVS programs and the data 7102 Repository. I call these persons Repository Administrators. They 7103 should have set up a Repository and "imported" files into it. 7104 7105 If you don't believe anyone has this responsibility, or you are just 7106 testing CVS, then *you* are the Repository Administrator. 7107 7108 If you are a normal user of CVS ask your Repository Administrator what 7109 module you should check out. 7110 7111 Then you can work. 7112 7113 If you *are* the Repository Administrator, you will want to read 7114 everything you can get your hands on, including this FAQ. Source 7115 control issues can be difficult, especially when you get to branches 7116 and release planning. Expect to feel stupid for a few days/weeks. 7117 7118 No tool in the universe avoids the need for intelligent organization. 7119 In other words, there are all sorts of related issues you will 7120 probably have to learn. Don't expect to dive in without any 7121 preparation, stuff your 300 Megabytes of sources into CVS and expect 7122 to start working. If you don't prepare first, you will probably spend 7123 a few sleepless nights. 7124 7125 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7126 7127 2. Where do I work? 7128 7129 Wherever you have disk space. That's one of the advantages of CVS: you 7130 use the "checkout" command to copy files from the Repository to your 7131 working directory, which can be anywhere you have the space. 7132 7133 Your local group might have conventions for where to work. Ask your 7134 peers. 7135 7136 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7137 7138 3. What does CVS use from my environment? 7139 7140 You must set two environment variables. Some shells share these 7141 variables with local shell variables using a different syntax. You'll 7142 have to learn how your shell handles them. 7143 7144 Variable Value (or action) 7145 --------- --------------------- 7146 CVSROOT Absolute pathname of the head of your Repository. 7147 7148 PATH Normally set to a list of ':'-separated directory 7149 pathnames searched to find executables. You must 7150 make sure "cvs" is in one of the directories. 7151 7152 If your CVS was built with the RCSBIN directory set 7153 to null (""), and you don't set the RCSBIN 7154 variable mentioned below, then the RCS commands 7155 also must be somewhere in your PATH. 7156 7157 Optional variables: (Used if set, but ignored otherwise.) 7158 7159 Variable Value (or action) 7160 --------- --------------------- 7161 CVSEDITOR The name of your favorite fast-start editor 7162 program. You'll be kicked into your editor to 7163 supply revision comments if you don't specify them 7164 via -m "Log message" on the command line. 7165 7166 EDITOR Used if CVSEDITOR doesn't exist. If EDITOR 7167 doesn't exist, CVS uses a configured constant, 7168 usually, "vi". 7169 7170 CVSREAD Sets files to read-only on "checkout". 7171 7172 RCSBIN Changes where CVS finds the RCS commands. 7173 7174 CVSIGNORE Adds to the ignore list. See Section 2D. 7175 7176 Other variables used by CVS that are normally set upon login: 7177 7178 Variable Value (or action) 7179 --------- --------------------- 7180 LOGNAME Used to find the real user name. 7181 7182 USER Used to find the real user name if no LOGNAME. 7183 7184 HOME Used to determine your home directory, if set. 7185 Otherwise LOGNAME/USER/getuid() are used to find 7186 your home directory from the passwd file. 7187 7188 TMPDIR Used during import. It might also be used if your 7189 platform's version of mktemp(3) is unusual, or 7190 you have changed the source to use tmpnam(3). 7191 7192 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7193 7194 4. OK, I've been told that CVS is set up, my module is named "ralph" and I 7195 have to start editing. What do I type? 7196 7197 cd <where you have some space to work> 7198 cvs checkout ralph 7199 cd ralph 7200 7201 And hack away. 7202 7203 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7204 7205 5. I have been using RCS for a while. Can I convert to CVS without losing 7206 my revision history? How about converting from SCCS? 7207 7208 If you are asking such questions, you are not a mere user of CVS, but 7209 one of its Administrators! You should take a look at Section 4A, 7210 "Installing CVS" and Section 4B, "Setting up and Managing the 7211 Repository". 7212 7213 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7214 7215 Category: /User_Tasks_/Less_Common_User_Tas/ 7216 7217 " + Less Common User Tasks" 7218 7219 1. Can I create non-CVS sub-directories in my working directory? 7220 7221 Yes. Unless the directory exists in the Repository, "update" will skip 7222 over them and print a '?' the way it does for files you forgot to add. 7223 You can avoid seeing the '?' by adding the name of the foreign 7224 directory to the ./.cvsignore file, just ask you can do with files. 7225 7226 If you explicitly mention a foreign directory on the "update" command 7227 line, it will traverse the directory and waste a bit of time, but if 7228 any directory or sub-directory lacks the ./CVS administrative 7229 directory, CVS will print an error and abort. 7230 7231 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7232 7233 2. How do I add new sub-directories to the Repository? 7234 7235 The "add" command will work on directories. You type: 7236 7237 mkdir <dir> 7238 cvs add <dir> 7239 7240 It will respond: 7241 7242 Directory /Repos/<dir> added to the repository 7243 7244 and will create both a matching directory in the Repository and a 7245 ./CVS administrative directory within the local <dir> directory. 7246 7247 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7248 7249 3. How do I remove a file I don't need? 7250 7251 (See the questions in Section 4B on removing files from the 7252 Repository.) 7253 7254 You type: 7255 7256 rm <file> 7257 cvs remove <file> 7258 7259 CVS registers the file for removal. To complete the removal, you must 7260 type: 7261 7262 cvs commit <file> 7263 7264 CVS moves the file to the Attic associated with your working 7265 directory. Each directory in the Repository stores its deleted files 7266 in an Attic sub-directory. A normal "checkout" doesn't look in the 7267 Attic, but if you specify a tag, a date or a revision, the "checkout" 7268 (or "update") command will retrieve files from the Attic with that 7269 tag, date or revision. 7270 7271 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7272 7273 4. How do I rename a file? 7274 7275 CVS does not offer a way to rename a file in a way that CVS can track 7276 later. See Section 4B for more information. 7277 7278 Here is the best (to some, the only acceptable) way to get the effect 7279 of renaming, while preserving the change log: 7280 7281 Copy the RCS (",v") file directly in the Repository. 7282 7283 cp $CVSROOT/<odir>/<ofile>,v $CVSROOT/<ndir>/<nfile>,v 7284 7285 By duplicating the file, you will preserve the change history and the 7286 ability to retrieve earlier revisions of the old file via the "-r 7287 <tag/rev>" or "-D <date>" options to "checkout" and "update". 7288 7289 Remove the old file using CVS. 7290 7291 cd <working-dir>/<odir> rm <ofile> 7292 cvs remove <ofile> 7293 cvs commit <ofile> 7294 7295 This will move the <ofile> to the Attic associated with <odir>. 7296 7297 Retrieve <nfile> and remove all the Tags from it. 7298 7299 By stripping off all the old Tags, "checkout -r" and "update -r" won't 7300 retrieve revisions Tagged before the renaming. 7301 7302 cd <working-dir>/<ndir> 7303 cvs update <nfile> 7304 cvs log <nfile> # Save the list of Tags 7305 cvs tag -d <tag1> <nfile> 7306 cvs tag -d <tag2> <nfile> 7307 . . . 7308 7309 This technique can be used to rename files within one directory or 7310 across different directories. You can apply this idea to directories 7311 too, as long as you apply the above to each file and don't delete the 7312 old directory. 7313 7314 Of course, you have to change your build system (e.g. Makefile) in 7315 your <working-dir> to know about the name change. 7316 7317 Warning: Stripping the old tags from the copied file will allow "-r 7318 <tag>" to do the right thing, but you will still have problems with 7319 "-D <date>" because there is no place to store the "deletion time". 7320 See 5B.3 for more details. 7321 7322 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7323 7324 5. How do I make sure that all the files and directories in my working 7325 directory are really in the Repository? 7326 7327 A "cvs update", or "cvs -n update" (which won't modify your working 7328 directory) will display foreign elements, which have no counterpart in 7329 the Repository, preceded by a '?'. To register foreign directories, 7330 you can use "cvs add". To register foreign files, you can use "cvs 7331 add" followed by "cvs commit". 7332 7333 You could also checkout your module, or the Repository directory 7334 associated with your working directory, a second time into another 7335 work area and compare it to your working directory using the (non-CVS) 7336 "diff -r" command. 7337 7338 By default many patterns of files are ignored. If you create a file 7339 named "core" or a file ending in ".o", it is usually ignored. If you 7340 really want to see all the files that aren't in the Repository, you 7341 can use a special "ignore" pattern to say "ignore no files". Try 7342 executing: (You may have to quote or backwhack (i.e. precede by '\') 7343 the '!' in your shell.) 7344 7345 cvs -n update -I ! 7346 7347 The above command will display not only the normal modified, update 7348 and conflict indicators ('M', 'U', and 'C' respectively) on files 7349 within the Repository, but it will also display each file not in the 7350 Repository preceded by a '?' character. 7351 7352 The '-n' option will not allow "update" to alter your working 7353 directory. 7354 7355 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7356 7357 6. How do I create a branch? 7358 7359 Type this in your working directory: 7360 7361 cvs tag -b <branch_tag> 7362 7363 and you will create a branch. No files have real branches in them yet, 7364 but if you move onto the branch by typing: 7365 7366 cvs update -r <branch_tag> 7367 7368 and commit a file in the normal way: 7369 7370 cvs commit <file> 7371 7372 then a branch will be created in the underlying <file>,v file and the 7373 new revision of <file> will appear only on that branch. 7374 7375 See Section 4C, on Branching. 7376 7377 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7378 7379 7. How do I modify the modules file? How about the other files in the 7380 CVSROOT administrative area? 7381 7382 A module named "modules" has been provided in the default modules 7383 file, so you can type: 7384 7385 cvs checkout modules 7386 cd modules 7387 7388 Another module named CVSROOT has been provided in the default modules 7389 file, covering all the administrative files. Type: 7390 7391 cvs checkout CVSROOT 7392 cd CVSROOT 7393 7394 Then you can edit your files, followed by: 7395 7396 cvs commit 7397 7398 If you start with the provided template for the "modules" file, the 7399 CVSROOT and the "modules" module will have the "mkmodules" program as 7400 a "commit helper". After a file is committed to such a module, 7401 "mkmodules" will convert a number of standard files (See 4B.2) in the 7402 CVSROOT directory inside the Repository into a form that is usable by 7403 CVS. 7404 7405 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7406 7407 8. How do I split a file into pieces, retaining revision histories? 7408 7409 If you and a coworker find yourselves repeatedly committing the same 7410 file, but never for changes in the same area of the file, you might 7411 want to split the file into two or more pieces. If you are both 7412 changing the same section of code, splitting the file is of no use. 7413 You should talk to each other instead. 7414 7415 If you decide to split the file, here's a suggestion. In many ways, it 7416 is similar to multiple "renamings" as described in 2C.4 above. 7417 7418 Say you want to split , which already in the Repository, into three 7419 pieces, , and . 7420 7421 Copy the RCS (",v") files directly in the Repository, creating the 7422 new files, then bring readable copies of the new files into the 7423 working directory via "update". 7424 7425 cp $CVSROOT//,v $CVSROOT//,v cp $CVSROOT//,v $CVSROOT//,v 7426 cvs update 7427 7428 Then remove all the from the new files, either using: 7429 7430 cvs log # Save the list of 7431 cvs tag -d 7432 cvs tag -d 7433 . . . 7434 7435 (eivind@freebsd.org) or using the following little script to 7436 autmatically remove the tags directly from the repository files: 7437 7438#!/bin/sh 7439for file in $* 7440do 7441 TAGS=`rlog $file | awk '/^symbolic names:/,/^keyword subst/' | awk 'BEG 7442IN {FS=":"} /^\t/ {print $1}'` 7443 echo The tags in $file are 7444 echo $TAGS 7445 echo Is it OK to remove these? 7446 read confirm 7447 if [ "$confirm" = "y" -o "$confirm" = "yes" ] 7448 then 7449 for tag in $TAGS 7450 do 7451 echo Removing $file:$tag 7452 rcs -n$tag $file 7453 done 7454 fi 7455done 7456 7457 Edit each file until it has the data you want in it. This is a 7458 hand-editing job, not something CVS can handle. Then commit all the 7459 files. 7460 7461 [From experience, I'd suggest making sure that only one copy of each 7462 line of code exists among the three files, except for "include" 7463 statements, which must be duplicated. And make sure the code 7464 compiles.] 7465 7466 emacs 7467 cvs commit 7468 7469 As in the "rename" case, by duplicating the files, you'll preserve the 7470 change history and the ability to retrieve earlier revisions. 7471 7472 Of course, you have to alter your build system (e.g. Makefiles) to 7473 take the new names and the change in contents into account. 7474 7475 Last modified: _3/11/1998_ 7476 7477 Category: /What_is_CVS_/ 7478 7479 " What is CVS? " 7480 7481 Category: /What_is_CVS_/How_does_CVS_differ_/ 7482 7483 " + How does CVS differ from other, similar software?" 7484 7485 1. How does CVS differ from RCS? 7486 7487 CVS uses RCS to do much of its work and absolutely all the work of 7488 changing the underlying RCS files in the Repository. 7489 7490 RCS comprises a set of programs designed to keep track of changes to 7491 individual files. Of course, it also allows you to refer to multiple 7492 files on the command line, but they are handled by iterating over 7493 individual files. There is no pretense of coordinated interaction 7494 among groups of files. 7495 7496 CVS's main intent is to provide a set of grouping functions that allow 7497 you to treat a collection of RCS files as a single object. Of course, 7498 CVS also has to do a lot of iteration, but it tries its best to hide 7499 that it is doing so. In addition, CVS has some truly group-oriented 7500 facets, such as the modules file and the CVS administrative files that 7501 refer to a whole directory or module. 7502 7503 One group aspect that can be a bit confusing is that a CVS branch is 7504 not the same as an RCS branch. To support a CVS branch, CVS uses 7505 "tags" (what RCS calls "symbols") and some local state, in addition to 7506 RCS branches. 7507 7508 Other features offered by CVS that are not supported directly by RCS 7509 are 7510 7511 Automatic determination of the state of a file, (e.g. modified, 7512 up-to-date with the Repository, already tagged with the same string, 7513 etc.) which helps in limiting the amount of displayed text you have to 7514 wade through to figure out what changed and what to do next. 7515 7516 A copy-modify-merge scheme that avoids locking the files and allows 7517 simultaneous development on a single file. 7518 7519 Serialization of commits. CVS requires you to merge all changes 7520 committed (via "update") since you checked out your working copy of 7521 the file. Although it is still possible to commit a file filled with 7522 old data, it is less likely than when using raw RCS. 7523 7524 Relatively easy merging of releases from external Vendors. 7525 7526 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7527 7528 2. How does CVS differ from SCCS? 7529 7530 SCCS is much closer to RCS than to CVS, so some of the previous entry 7531 applies. 7532 7533 You might want to take a look at Walter Tichy's papers on RCS, which 7534 are referred to in the RCS man pages. 7535 7536 [[More info here?]] 7537 7538 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7539 7540 3. How does CVS differ from ClearCase? 7541 7542 ClearCase is a distributed client-server version control system. 7543 ClearCase is a variant DSEE tools, formerly available on Apollo 7544 platforms. The ClearCase tool set includes a few X-based interface 7545 tools, a command-line interface, and C programmer API. It is currently 7546 available on Sun, HP, SGI and OSF/1 platforms. 7547 7548 ClearCase uses a special Unix filesystem type, called "mvfs" for 7549 "multi-version file system". Conceptually, mvfs adds another dimension 7550 to a regular Unix filesystem. The new axis is used to store the 7551 different versions of files and to provide a tree-hierarchical view of 7552 a collection of objects that might be scattered across any number of 7553 separate hosts on your local network. 7554 7555 Each user acquires a "view" into the file database by creating a 7556 special mvfs mount point on their machine. Each view has a 7557 "configuration spec" containing a set of selection rules that specify 7558 the particular version of each file to make visible in that view. You 7559 can think of a "view" as a work area in CVS, except that the files 7560 don't really exist on your local disk until you modify them. This 7561 technique conserves disk space because it doesn't keep private copies 7562 of read-only files. 7563 7564 Another advantage is that a view is "transparent" in the sense that 7565 all of the files in a "view" appear to be regular Unix files to other 7566 tools and Unix system calls. An extended naming convention allows 7567 access to particular versions of a file directly: 7568 "test.cc@@/main/bugfix/3" identifies the third version of test.c on 7569 the bugfix branch. 7570 7571 ClearCase supports both the copy-modify-merge model of CVS (by using 7572 what are called "unreserved checkouts" and the checkin/checkout 7573 development model with file locking. Directories are 7574 version-controlled objects as well as files. A graphical merge tool is 7575 provided. Like RCS, ClearCase supports branches, symbolic tags, and 7576 delta compression. ASCII as well as binary files are supported, and 7577 converters from RCS, SCCS, DSEE formats are also included. 7578 7579 A make-compatible build facility is provided that can identify common 7580 object code and share it among developers. A build auditing feature 7581 automatically records file dependencies by tracking every file that is 7582 opened when producing a derived object, thus making explicit 7583 dependency lists unnecessary. Pre- and post-event triggers are 7584 available for most ClearCase operations to invoke user programs or 7585 shell scripts. User-defined attributes can be assigned to any version 7586 or object. Hyper-links between version controlled objects can record 7587 their relationship. 7588 7589 For more information, contact: 7590 7591 Atria Software, Inc. 24 Prime Park Way Natick, MA 01760 info@atria.com 7592 7593 (508) 650-1193 (phone) (508) 650-1196 (fax) 7594 7595 Originally contributed by Steve Turner 7596 Edited by the author of this FAQ. 7597 7598 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7599 7600 4. How does CVS differ from TeamWare/SparcWorks? 7601 7602 TeamWare is a configuration management tool from Sun Microsystems, a 7603 part of SparcWorks. It uses the same copy and merge model as CVS. The 7604 central abstraction is a workspace, which corresponds to either a CVS 7605 branch or a checked out module. TeamWare allows you to manipulate 7606 workspaces directly, including moving and merging code between 7607 workspaces. You can put your workspace on tape and continue to work 7608 with it at home, just like you can with CVS. TeamWare is built upon 7609 and compatible with SCCS. 7610 7611 TeamWare provides both a command line interface and a graphical 7612 interface. The CodeManager tool will display the project as a tree of 7613 workspaces, and allows you to manipulate them with drag and drop. The 7614 other tools are VersionTool that displays and manipulates a dag with a 7615 version history of a single file, CheckPoint that will create symbolic 7616 tags, MakeTool, a make compatible tool with a GUI, and FileMerge which 7617 will interactively merge files when needed (like emerge for emacs). If 7618 you have a sun, you can try /usr/old/mergetool for an old SunView 7619 version of FileMerge. 7620 7621 Email: sunprosig@sun.com 7622 7623 Originally extracted from TeamWare 7624 Marketing literature by Per Abrahamsen. 7625 Edited by the author of this FAQ. 7626 7627 For more information, contact: 7628 7629 SunExpress, Inc. P.O. Box 4426 Bridgeton, MO 63044-9863 (800)873-7869 7630 7631 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7632 7633 5. How does CVS differ from Aegis? 7634 7635 Aegis appears to be a policy-setting tool that allows you to use other 7636 sub-programs (make, RCS, etc.) to implement pieces of the imposed 7637 policy. 7638 7639 The initial document seems to say that most Unix tools are inadequate 7640 for use under Aegis. 7641 7642 It is not really similar to CVS and requires a different mindset. 7643 7644 [[Need more info here.]] 7645 7646 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7647 7648 6. How does CVS differ from Shapetools? 7649 7650 Shapetools includes a build mechanism (called Shape, not surprisingly) 7651 that is aware of the version mechanism, and some dependency tracking. 7652 It is based on a file system extension called Attributed File System, 7653 which allows arbitrary-sized "attributes" to be associated with a 7654 file. Files are version controlled in a manner similar to RCS. 7655 Configurations are managed through the Shapefile, an extension of the 7656 Makefile syntax and functionality. Shape includes version selection 7657 rules to allow sophisticated selection of component versions in a 7658 build. 7659 7660 Shapetools' concurrency control is pessimistic, in contrast to that of 7661 CVS. Also, there's very limited support for branching and merging. It 7662 has a built-in policy for transitioning a system from initial 7663 development to production. 7664 7665 Contributed by Don Dwiggins 7666 7667 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7668 7669 7. How does CVS differ from TeamNet? 7670 7671 TeamNet is a configuration management tool from TeamOne. 7672 7673 For more information, contact: 7674 7675 TeamOne 710 Lakeway Drive, Ste 100 Sunnyvale, CA 94086 (800) 442-6650 7676 7677 Contributed by Steve Turner 7678 7679 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7680 7681 8. How does CVS differ from ProFrame? 7682 7683 ProFrame is a new system integration framework from IBM. ProFrame is 7684 compliant with the CFI (CAD Framework Initiative) industry standards, 7685 including the Scheme extension language. 7686 7687 ProFrame consists of three major components: (1) the Process Manager 7688 that automates your local design methodology (2) the Design Data 7689 Manager handles configuration management, and (3) Inter-tool 7690 Communication to provide a communication path among tools running on 7691 heterogeneous servers. 7692 7693 The Design Data Manager(2) is probably the appropriate component to 7694 compare to CVS. The Design Data Manager provides version control with 7695 checkin/checkout capability, configuration management, and data 7696 dependency tracking. A graphical data selection interface is provided. 7697 Using this interface, you may create and manipulate objects and 7698 hierarchy structures, view the revision history for an object, and 7699 view and assign attributes to a design object. 7700 7701 The ProFrame server currently runs only on RS6000, but clients may be 7702 a wide variety of Unix platforms. Contact IBM for the latest platform 7703 information. 7704 7705 For more information, contact: 7706 7707 IBM EDA Marketing and Sales P.O. Box 950, M/S P121 Poughkeepsie, NY 7708 12602 (800) 332-0066 7709 7710 Contributed by Steve Turner 7711 [extracted from the ProFrame 1.1.0 datasheet] 7712 7713 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7714 7715 9. How does CVS differ from CaseWare/CM? 7716 7717 CaseWare/CM is a software configuration management product from 7718 CaseWare, Inc. CaseWare/CM may be customized to support a wide variety 7719 of methodologies, including various phases of the software lifecycle, 7720 and different access rights for users. 7721 7722 A GUI is provided to view version histories and configurations. A 7723 merge tools is also included. CaseWare supports type-specific 7724 lifecycles, which allows different types of files to move through 7725 different lifecycles. Also provided is a build facility to support 7726 automatic dependency analysis, parallel, distributed, and remote 7727 builds, and variant releases. 7728 7729 CaseWare/CM has been integrated with other CASE tools, including 7730 FrameMaker, ALSYS Ada, CodeCenter/Object Center, HP SoftBench, and 7731 Software Through Pictures. CaseWare also offers CaseWare/PT, a problem 7732 tracking system to integrate change requests with configuration 7733 management. 7734 7735 Multiple vendors and operating systems are supported. 7736 7737 For more information, contact: 7738 7739 CaseWare, Inc. 108 Pacifica, 2nd Floor Irvine, CA 92718-3332 (714) 7740 453-2200 (phone) (714) 453-2276 (fax) 7741 7742 Contributed by Steve Turner 7743 [extracted from the CaseWare/CM data sheet] 7744 7745 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7746 7747 10. How does CVS differ from SABLIME? 7748 7749 Produced by AT&T. Sablime uses SCCS as the underlying source code 7750 control system. It uses some other control system (called sbcs I 7751 think) for managing binary files. It uses lock, edit, comit, unlock 7752 mechanism. It has a motif based GUI and curses based GUI (that works 7753 only with ksh, not tcsh, or bash) to do more common tasks. It has even 7754 a command line interface. 7755 7756 Changing source happens as a result of MR. A testing person or a 7757 developer assigns an MR (modification request) to a group of people. 7758 They are allowed to take out files under that MR and change them and 7759 check them back in. You can set up dependencies between and MR and do 7760 release management to say "I want the sources to include these MRs" 7761 etc. It is a reasonably good maintanance system. It is bit heavy 7762 weight though, and the interface is not too polished and does not work 7763 on windows (though that may have changed). rama@savera.com 7764 7765 Last modified: _7/30/1998_ 7766 7767 11. How does CVS differ from PVCS? 7768 7769 PVCS works on single files like RCS and SCCS, CVS works on complete 7770 subsystems. PVCS has a make utility (called a configuration builder), 7771 CVS does not. PVCS has a GUI interface for Unix, DOS, OS/2, and MS 7772 Windows. 7773 7774 Intersolv, Inc. 7775 1700 NW 167th Place 7776 OR 97006 7777 7778 Contributed by Per Abrahamsen 7779 [Extracted from Intersolv Marketing literature.] 7780 7781 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7782 7783 12. How does CVS differ from CMVC? 7784 7785 CMVC is an IBM Configuration Management and Version Control system. 7786 (Though I'm not certain that's the right acronym expansion.) It runs 7787 on Suns, HPs, RS6000s, OS/2 and Windows. 7788 7789 Other than revision control, it apparently has features to manage 7790 releases, bug tracking and the connection between alterations and 7791 reported bugs and feature requests. It is a client/server system, 7792 based on a choice of commercial Relational Database systems, and it 7793 provides a Motif or command line interface. 7794 7795 Unlike CVS, it uses a strict locking protocol to serialize source code 7796 alterations. 7797 7798 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7799 7800 Category: /What_is_CVS_/What_do_you_mean_by_/ 7801 7802 " + What do you mean by . . .? (Definitions)" 7803 7804 1. What are "The Repository", "$CVSROOT" and "CVSROOT"? 7805 7806 The Repository is a directory tree containing the CVS administrative 7807 files and all the RCS files that constitute "imported" or "committed" 7808 work. The Repository is kept in a shared area, separate from the 7809 working areas of all developers. 7810 7811 Users of CVS must set their "CVSROOT" environment variable to the 7812 absolute pathname of the head of the Repository. Most command line 7813 interpreters replace an instance of "$CVSROOT" with the value of the 7814 "CVSROOT" environment variable. By analogy, in this document 7815 "$CVSROOT" is used as shorthand for "the absolute pathname of the 7816 directory at the head of the Repository". 7817 7818 One of the things found in $CVSROOT is a directory named CVSROOT. It 7819 contains all the "state", the administrative files, that CVS needs 7820 during execution. The "modules", "history", "commitinfo", "loginfo" 7821 and other files can be found there. See 4B.2 for more information 7822 about CVSROOT files. 7823 7824 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7825 7826 2. What is an RCS file? 7827 7828 An RCS file is a text file containing the source text and the revision 7829 history for all committed revisions of a source file. It is stored 7830 separately from the working files, in a directory hierarchy, called 7831 the Repository. 7832 7833 RCS is the "Revision Control System" that CVS uses to manage 7834 individual files. RCS file names normally end in ",v", but that can be 7835 altered (via the RCS -x option) to conform to file naming standards on 7836 platforms with unusual filename limitations. 7837 7838 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7839 7840 3. What is a working file? 7841 7842 A working file is a disk file containing a checked-out copy of a 7843 source file that earlier had been placed under CVS. If the working 7844 file has been edited, the changes since the last committed revision 7845 are invisible to other users of CVS. 7846 7847 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7848 7849 4. What is a working directory (or working area)? 7850 7851 A working directory is the place where you work and the place from 7852 which you "commit" files. 7853 7854 The "checkout" command creates a tree of working directories, filling 7855 them with working files. Each working directory contains a 7856 sub-directory named ./CVS containing three administrative files, which 7857 are created by "checkout" and are always present: 7858 7859 ./CVS/Entries 7860 contains information about working files. 7861 7862 ./CVS/Repository 7863 contains the location of the directory within the 7864 Repository that was used to create the working directory. 7865 7866 ./CVS/Root 7867 contains the value of $CVSROOT at the time you created 7868 the working directory. 7869 7870 Other files may also appear in ./CVS depending on the state of your 7871 working directory: 7872 7873 ./CVS/Tag 7874 contains the "sticky tag" associated with the whole 7875 directory. See 3A.2 for its main purpose. 7876 [Created by "checkout" or "update" when using "-r <tag>".] 7877 [Deleted by "checkout" or "update" when using '-A'.] 7878 7879 ./CVS/Entries.Static 7880 contains a fixed list of working files. If this file 7881 exists, an "update" doesn't automatically bring newly 7882 added files out of the Repository. 7883 [Created and maintained by hand.] 7884 7885 ./CVS/Checkin.prog 7886 contains a program to run whenever anything in the 7887 working directory is committed. 7888 [Created by checkout if "-i <prog>" appears in the 7889 modules file for the checked-out module.] 7890 7891 ./CVS/Update.prog 7892 contains a program to run whenever anything in the 7893 working directory is updated. 7894 [Created by checkout if "-u <prog>" appears in the 7895 modules file for the checked-out module.] 7896 7897 ./CVS/<file>,p ./CVS/<file>,t 7898 contain (possibly zero-length) state information about an 7899 "add" that has not been committed. 7900 [Created by "add".] 7901 [Deleted by "commit" or "remove".] 7902 7903 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7904 7905 5. What is "checking out"? 7906 7907 "Checking out" is the act of using the "checkout" command to copy a 7908 particular revision from a set of RCS files into your working area. 7909 You normally execute "checkout" only once per working directory (or 7910 tree of working directories), maintaining them thereafter with the 7911 "update" command. 7912 7913 See section 3C on the "checkout" command. 7914 7915 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7916 7917 6. What is a revision? 7918 7919 A "revision" is a version of a file that was "committed" ("checked 7920 in", in RCS terms) some time in the past. CVS (and RCS) can retrieve 7921 any file that was committed by specifying its revision number or its 7922 "tag" ("symbolic name", in RCS terms). 7923 7924 In CVS, a "tag" is more useful than a revision number. It usually 7925 marks a milestone in development represented by different revision 7926 numbers in different files, all available as one "tagged" collection. 7927 7928 Sometimes the word "revision" is used as shorthand for "the file you 7929 get if you retrieve (via "checkout" or "update") the given revision 7930 from the Repository." 7931 7932 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7933 7934 7. What is a "Tag"? 7935 7936 A "Tag" is a symbolic name, a synonym or alias for a particular 7937 revision number in a file. The CVS "tag" command places the same "Tag" 7938 on all files in a working directory, allowing you to retrieve those 7939 files by name in the future. 7940 7941 The CVS "Tag" is implemented by applying RCS "symbols" to each 7942 individual file. The Tags on a file (or collection of files) may be 7943 displayed using the "log" command. 7944 7945 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7946 7947 8. What are "HEAD" and "BASE"? 7948 7949 HEAD and BASE are built-in tags that don't show up in the "log" or 7950 "status" listings. They are interpreted directly by CVS. 7951 7952 "HEAD" refers to the latest revision on the current branch in the 7953 Repository. The current branch is either the main line of development, 7954 or a branch in development created by placing a branch tag on a set of 7955 files and checking out that branch. 7956 7957 "BASE" refers to the revision on the current branch you last checked 7958 out, updated, or committed. If you have not modified your working 7959 file, "BASE" is the committed revision matching it. 7960 7961 Most of the time BASE and HEAD refer to the same revision. They can 7962 become different in two ways: 7963 7964 Someone else changed HEAD by committing a new revision of your file 7965 to the Repository. You can pull BASE up to equal HEAD by executing 7966 "update". 7967 7968 You moved BASE backward by executing "checkout" or "update" with the 7969 option "-r <rev/tag>" or "-D <date>". CVS records a sticky tag and 7970 moves your files to the specified earlier revision. You can clear the 7971 sticky tag and pull BASE up to equal HEAD again by executing "update 7972 -A". 7973 7974 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 7975 7976 9. What is a Branch? 7977 7978 In general, a branch is any mechanism that allows one or more 7979 developers to modify a file without affecting anyone other than those 7980 working on the same branch. 7981 7982 There are four kinds of "branch" CVS can manage: 7983 7984 The Vendor Branch. 7985 7986 A single vendor branch is supported. The "import" command takes a 7987 sequence of releases from a source code vendor (called a "vendor" even 7988 if no money is involved), placing them on a special "Vendor" branch. 7989 The Vendor branch is considered part of the "Main line" of 7990 development, though it must be merged into locally modified files on 7991 the RCS Main branch before the "import" is complete. 7992 7993 See Section 3H ("import"). 7994 7995 Your Working directory. 7996 7997 A checked-out working directory, can be treated like a private branch. 7998 No one but you can touch your files. You have complete control over 7999 when you include work committed by others. However, you can't commit 8000 or tag intermediate versions of your work. 8001 8002 A Development branch. 8003 8004 A group of developers can share changes among the group, without 8005 affecting the Main line of development, by creating a branch. Only 8006 those who have checked-out the branch see the changes committed to 8007 that branch. This kind of branch is usually temporary, collapsing 8008 (i.e. merge and forget) into the Main line when the project requiring 8009 the branch is completed. 8010 8011 You can also create a private branch of this type, allowing an 8012 individual to commit (and tag) intermediate revisions without changing 8013 the Main line. It should be managed exactly like a Development Branch 8014 -- collapsed into the Main line (or its parent branch, if that is not 8015 the Main Branch) and forgotten when the work is done. 8016 8017 A Release branch. 8018 8019 At release time, a branch should be created marking what was released. 8020 Later, small changes (sometimes called "patches") can be made to the 8021 release without including everything else on the Main line of 8022 development. You avoid forcing the customer to accept new, possibly 8023 untested, features added since the release. This is also the way to 8024 correct bugs found during testing in an environment where other 8025 developers have continued to commit to the Main line while you are 8026 testing and packaging the release. 8027 8028 Although the internal format of this type of branch (branch tag and 8029 RCS branches) is the same as in a development branch, its purpose and 8030 the way it is managed are different. The major difference is that a 8031 Release branch is normally Permanent. Once you let a release out the 8032 door to customers, or to the next stage of whatever process you are 8033 using, you should retain forever the branch marking that release. 8034 8035 Since the branch is permanent, you cannot incorporate the branch fixes 8036 into the Main line by "collapsing" (merging and forgetting) the 8037 release branch. For large changes to many files on the release branch, 8038 you will have to perform a branch merge using "update -j <rev> -j 8039 <rev>". (See 4C.7) 8040 8041 The most common way to merge small changes back into Main line 8042 development is to make the change in both places simultaneously. This 8043 is faster than trying to perform a selective merge. 8044 8045 See 1D.12 (merges) and Section 4C, on Branching for more info. 8046 8047 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8048 8049 10. What is "the trunk"? 8050 8051 Another name for the RCS Main Branch. The RCS Main Branch is related, 8052 but not equivalent, to both the CVS Main branch and what developers 8053 consider to be the Main line of development. See 3H.3 and Section 4C 8054 on Branching. 8055 8056 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8057 8058 11. What is a module? 8059 8060 In essence, a module is a name you hand to the "checkout" command to 8061 retrieve one or more files to work on. It was originally intended to 8062 be a simple, unique name in the "modules" file attached to a directory 8063 or a subset of files within a directory. 8064 8065 The module idea is now a somewhat slippery concept that can be defined 8066 in two different ways: 8067 * A module is an argument to "checkout". There are three types: 8068 1. An entry in the modules file. A "module" name as described in 8069 'B.' below. 8070 2. A relative path to a directory or file in the Repository. 8071 3. A mixed-mode string of "modulename/relative-path". Everything 8072 up to the first slash ('/') is looked up as a module. The 8073 relative path is appended to the directory associated with 8074 the module name and the resulting path is checked out as in 8075 #2 above. 8076 * A module is a unique (within the file) character string in the 8077 first column of the modules file. There are five types: 8078 1. A name for a directory within the Repository that allows you 8079 to ignore the parent directories above it. 8080 Example: 8081 emacs gnu/emacs 8082 2. A name for a subset of the files within such a directory. 8083 Example: 8084 ls unix/bin Makefile ls.c 8085 The 2nd through Nth strings in the above can be files, 8086 directories or module substitutions. No relative paths. 8087 A module substitution occurs when you use a '&module-name' 8088 reference. The module-name referred to is logically 8089 substituted for the '&module-name' string. 8090 3. A relative pathname to a directory within the Repository 8091 which, when checked out, creates an image of part of the 8092 Repository structure in your current directory. 8093 Example: 8094 gnu/emacs -o /bin/emacs.helper gnu/emacs 8095 The files checked out are exactly the same as the files 8096 "checkout" would retrieve if the path weren't even in the 8097 modules file. The only reason to put this kind of relative 8098 pathname into the modules file is to hook one of the helper 8099 functions onto it. 8100 4. A relative pathname to a single file within the Repository 8101 which, when checked out, creates something you probably don't 8102 want: It creates a directory by the name of the file and puts 8103 the file in it. 8104 Example: 8105 gnu/emacs/Makefile -o /bin/emacs.helper gnu/emacs Makefile 8106 The file checked out is the same as what you would get if you 8107 handed the relative pathname to the "checkout" command. But 8108 it puts it in a strange place. The only reason to do this is 8109 to hook a helper function onto a specific file name. 8110 5. An alias consisting of a list of any of the above, including 8111 other aliases, plus exceptions. 8112 Example: 8113 my_work -a emacs !emacs/tests gnu/bison unix/bin/ls.c 8114 The exception "!emacs/test" above is functionally equivalent 8115 to specifying "!emacs/tests" on the "checkout" command line. 8116 8117 Another way to look at it is that the modules file is simply another 8118 way to "name" files. The hierarchical directory structure provides 8119 another. You should use whatever turns out to be simplest for your 8120 development group. 8121 8122 See 4G.2 for some specific ideas about how to use the modules file. 8123 8124 Last modified: _11/12/1997_ 8125 8126 12. What does "merge" mean? 8127 8128 A merge is a way of combining changes made in two independent copies 8129 of a common starting file. Checking out an RCS revision produces a 8130 file, so for the purposes of a merge "file" and "revision" are 8131 equivalent. So, we can say there are always three "files" involved in 8132 a merge: 8133 8134 The original, starting, "base" or "branch point" file. 8135 8136 A copy of the base file modified in one way. 8137 8138 Another copy of the base file modified in a different way. 8139 8140 Humans aren't very good at handling three things at once, so the 8141 terminology dealing with merges can become strained. One way to think 8142 about it is that all merges are performed by inserting the difference 8143 between a base revision and a later revision (committed by someone 8144 else) into your working file. Both the "later" revision and your 8145 working file are presumed to have started life as a copy of the "base" 8146 revision. 8147 8148 In CVS, there are three main types of "merge": 8149 8150 The "update" command automatically merges revisions committed by 8151 others into your working file. In this case, the three files involved 8152 in the merge are: 8153 8154 Base: The revision you originally checked out. Later: A revision 8155 committed onto the current branch after you checked out the Base 8156 revision. Working: Your working file. The one lying in the working 8157 directory containing changes you have made. 8158 8159 The "update -j <branch_tag> {optional files}" command merges changes 8160 made on the given branch into your working files, which is presumed to 8161 be on the Main line of development. 8162 8163 See 4C.6 8164 8165 The "update -j <rev> -j <rev> {optional files}" command merges the 8166 difference between two specified revisions into files in your working 8167 directory. The two revisions <rev> are usually on the same branch and, 8168 when updating multiple files, they are most useful when they are Tag 8169 names rather than numeric revisions. 8170 8171 See 4C.7 8172 8173 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8174 8175 Category: /What_is_CVS_/What_is_CVS_Whats_it/ 8176 8177 " + What is CVS? What's it for? Why CVS?" 8178 8179 1. What does CVS stand for? Can you describe it in one sentence? 8180 8181 "CVS" is an acronym for the "Concurrent Versions System". 8182 8183 CVS is a "Source Control" or "Revision Control" tool designed to keep 8184 track of source changes made by groups of developers working on the 8185 same files, allowing them to stay in sync with each other as each 8186 individual chooses. 8187 8188 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8189 8190 2. What is CVS for? What does it do for me? 8191 8192 CVS is used to keep track of collections of files in a shared 8193 directory called "The Repository". Each collection of files can be 8194 given a "module" name, which is used to "checkout" that collection. 8195 8196 After checkout, files can be modified (using your favorite editor), 8197 "committed" back into the Repository and compared against earlier 8198 revisions. Collections of files can be "tagged" with a symbolic name 8199 for later retrieval. 8200 8201 You can add new files, remove files you no longer want, ask for 8202 information about sets of files in three different ways, produce patch 8203 "diffs" from a base revision and merge the committed changes of other 8204 developers into your working files. 8205 8206 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8207 8208 3. How does CVS work? 8209 8210 CVS saves its version-control information in RCS files stored in a 8211 directory hierarchy, called the Repository, which is separate from the 8212 user's working directory. 8213 8214 Files in the Repository are stored in a format dictated by the RCS 8215 commands CVS uses to do much of its real work. RCS files are standard 8216 byte-stream files with an internal format described by keywords stored 8217 in the files themselves. 8218 8219 To begin work, you execute a "checkout" command, handing it a module 8220 name or directory path (relative to the $CVSROOT variable) you want to 8221 work on. CVS copies the latest revision of each file in the specified 8222 module or directory out of the Repository and into a directory tree 8223 created in your current directory. You may specify a particular branch 8224 to work on by symbolic name if you don't want to work on the default 8225 (main or trunk) branch. 8226 8227 You may then modify files in the new directory tree, build them into 8228 output files and test the results. When you want to make your changes 8229 available to other developers, you "commit" them back into the 8230 Repository. 8231 8232 Other developers can check out the same files at the same time. To 8233 merge the committed work of others into your working files you use the 8234 "update" command. When your merged files build and test correctly, you 8235 may commit the merged result. This method is referred to as 8236 "copy-modify-merge", which does not require locks on the source files. 8237 8238 At any time, usually at some milestone, you can "tag" the committed 8239 files, producing a symbolic name that can be handed to a future 8240 "checkout" command. A special form of "tag" produces a branch in 8241 development, as usually happens at "release" time. 8242 8243 When you no longer plan to modify or refer to your local copy of the 8244 files, they can be removed. 8245 8246 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8247 8248 4. What is CVS useful for? 8249 8250 CVS is intended to handle source control for files in three major 8251 situations: 8252 8253 Multiple developers working on the same files. 8254 8255 The major advantage of using CVS over the simpler tools like RCS or 8256 SCCS is that it allows multiple developers to work on the same sources 8257 at the same time. 8258 8259 The shared Repository provides a rendezvous for committed sources that 8260 allows developers a fair amount of flexibility in how often to publish 8261 (via the "commit" command) changes or include work committed by others 8262 (via the "update" command). 8263 8264 Tracking a stream of releases from a source vendor. 8265 8266 If you are making changes to sources distributed by someone else, the 8267 CVS feature, called the Vendor Branch, allows you to combine local 8268 modifications with repeated vendor releases. 8269 8270 I have found this most useful when dealing with sources from three 8271 major classes of source vendor: 8272 8273 Large companies who send you tapes full of the latest release (e.g. 8274 Unix OS vendors, database companies). 8275 8276 Public Domain software which *always* requires work. 8277 8278 Pseudo-Public sources which may require work. (e.g. GNU programs, X, 8279 CVS itself, etc.) 8280 8281 Branching development. 8282 8283 Aside from the "Vendor Branch", there are three kinds of "branches in 8284 development" that CVS can support: 8285 8286 Your working directory can be treated as a private branch. 8287 8288 A Development branch can be shared by one or more developers. 8289 8290 At release time, a branch is usually created for bug fixes. 8291 8292 (See 1D.9 and Section 4C for more info on branches.) 8293 8294 CVS's branch support is a bit primitive, but it was designed to allow 8295 you to create branches, work on them for while and merge them back 8296 into the main line of development. You should also be able to merge 8297 work performed on the main branch into the branch you are working on. 8298 Arbitrary sharing and merging between branches is not currently 8299 supported. 8300 8301 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8302 8303 5. What is CVS *not* useful for? 8304 8305 CVS is not a build system. 8306 8307 Though the structure of your Repository and modules file interact with 8308 your build system (e.g. a tree of Makefiles), they are essentially 8309 independent. 8310 8311 CVS does not dictate how you build anything. It merely stores files 8312 for retrieval in a tree structure you devise. 8313 8314 CVS does not dictate how to use disk space in the checked out working 8315 directories. If you require your Makefiles or build procedures to know 8316 the relative positions of everything else, you wind up requiring the 8317 entire Repository to be checked out. That's simply bad planning. 8318 8319 If you modularize your work, and construct a build system that will 8320 share files (via links, mounts, VPATH in Makefiles, etc.), you can 8321 arrange your disk usage however you like. 8322 8323 But you have to remember that *any* such system is a lot of work to 8324 construct and maintain. CVS does not address the issues involved. You 8325 must use your brain and a collection of other tools to provide a build 8326 scheme to match your plans. 8327 8328 Of course, you should use CVS to maintain the tools created to support 8329 such a build system (scripts, Makefiles, etc). 8330 8331 CVS is not a substitute for management. 8332 8333 You and your project leaders are expected to plan what you are doing. 8334 Everyone involved must be aware of schedules, merge points, branch 8335 names, release dates and the range of procedures needed to build 8336 products. (If you produce it and someone else uses it, it is a 8337 product.) CVS can't cover for a failure to manage your project. 8338 8339 CVS is an instrument for making sources dance to your tune. But you 8340 are the piper and the composer. No instrument plays itself or writes 8341 its own music. 8342 8343 CVS is not a substitute for developer communication. 8344 8345 When faced with conflicts within a single file, most developers manage 8346 to resolve them without too much effort. But a more general definition 8347 of "conflict" includes problems too difficult to solve without 8348 communication between developers. 8349 8350 CVS cannot determine when simultaneous changes within a single file, 8351 or across a whole collection of files, will logically conflict with 8352 one another. Its concept of a "conflict" is purely textual, arising 8353 when two changes to the same base file are near enough to spook the 8354 merge command into dropping conflict markers into the merged file. 8355 8356 CVS is not capable of figuring out distributed conflicts in program 8357 logic. For example, if you change the arguments to function X defined 8358 in file A and, at the same time, edit file B, adding new calls to 8359 function X using the old arguments. You are outside the realm of CVS's 8360 competence. 8361 8362 Acquire the habit of reading specs and talking to your peers. 8363 8364 CVS is not a configuration management system. 8365 8366 CVS is a source control system. The phrase "configuration management" 8367 is a marketing term, not an industry-recognized set of functions. 8368 8369 A true "configuration management system" would contain elements of the 8370 following: 8371 8372 * Source control. 8373 * Dependency tracking. 8374 * Build systems (i.e. What to build and how to find 8375 things during a build. What is shared? What is local?) 8376 * Bug tracking. 8377 * Automated Testing procedures. 8378 * Release Engineering documentation and procedures. 8379 * Tape Construction. 8380 * Customer Installation. 8381 * A way for users to run different versions of the same 8382 software on the same host at the same time. 8383 8384 CVS provides only the first. 8385 8386 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8387 8388 Category: /What_is_CVS_/Where_do_I_find_CVS_/ 8389 8390 " + Where do I find CVS? Where can I find Help?" 8391 8392 1. How do I get more information about CVS? 8393 8394 The first thing I would do is to read the Info file that comes with 8395 the CVS sources under "doc". You can format and read the cvs.texinfo 8396 file in two ways: 1. Use TeX to format it and a "dvips" command to 8397 print it and 2. Install the cvs.info files that are created by the 8398 Makefile and read them online using the Emacs "info-mode" or a 8399 stand-alone "info" reader. 8400 8401 Then I'd run "cvsinit" to set up a Repository and read the man page 8402 while trying out the commands. 8403 8404 Type "cvs -H" for general help or "cvs -H command" for 8405 command-specific help. 8406 8407 For background, you can read the original CVS paper (in the source 8408 tree, under "doc"). It describes the purpose of CVS and some of how it 8409 was designed. Note that the emphasis of the document (especially on 8410 multiple vendors providing the same sources) is somewhat out of date. 8411 8412 For more detailed information about "internals", read the man pages 8413 for RCS. If you are a programmer, you can also read the source code to 8414 CVS. 8415 8416 Other information and tutorials may be available in the "doc" 8417 directory of the FTP archive described below. 8418 8419 For current information, and a fair amount of detail, join the 8420 info-cvs mailing list described below. 8421 8422 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8423 8424 2. Is there an archive of CVS material? 8425 8426 An anonymous FTP area has been set up. It contains many of the CVS 8427 files you might want, including extra documentation, patches and a 8428 copy of the latest release. 8429 8430 ftp ftp.delos.com 8431 >>> User: anonymous 8432 >>> Passwd: 8433 cd /pub/cvs 8434 get README 8435 get Index 8436 8437 The README has more (and more up-to-date) information. The Index 8438 contains a terse list of what is in the archive. 8439 8440 A WWW home page is also available at http://www.delos.com/cvs. 8441 8442 This Didn't Exist 6/23/1998 8443 8444 Last modified: _6/24/1998_ 8445 8446 3. How do I get files out of the archive if I don't have FTP? 8447 8448 Use one of the FTP<->Email servers. These are the ones I've been told 8449 about: 8450 8451 FTPMAIL service is available from the same host as the FTP server 8452 described above. Send mail to "ftpmail@delos.com" containing "help" in 8453 the body of the message. For example, on most Unix systems, you can 8454 type: 8455 8456 echo help | Mail ftpmail@delos.com 8457 8458 The FTPMAIL server will respond with a document describing how to use 8459 the server. If the "Mail" command doesn't exist on your system, try 8460 "mailx", "/usr/ucb/mail" or "/bin/mail". 8461 8462 If you are on BITNET, use Princeton's BITFTP server. Type 8463 8464 echo 'send help' | Mail bitftp@pucc.princeton.edu 8465 8466 (It is likely that only BITNET addresses can use this one.) 8467 8468 Other possibilities I've heard of from the net: (Try the one closest 8469 to you.) 8470 8471 ftpmail@decwrl.dec.com ftpmail@sunsite.unc.edu ftpmail@cs.arizona.edu 8472 ftpmail@cs.uow.edu.au ftpmail@doc.ic.ac.uk 8473 8474 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8475 8476 4. How do I get a copy of the latest version of CVS? 8477 8478 The latest released version of CVS and all the programs it depends on 8479 should be available through anonymous FTP on any FSF archive. The main 8480 FSF archive is at "prep.ai.mit.edu". There are mirrors of the FSF 8481 archive on UUNET and other large Internet sites. 8482 8483 Program(s) Suggested revision 8484 ----------- ----------------------- 8485 CVS 1.5 8486 RCS 5.7 (latest version available today) 8487 GNU diff 2.7 (or later) [contained in diffutils-2.7] 8488 GDBM 1.5 (or later) [optional] 8489 8490 The GNU version of diff is suggested by both the RCS and CVS 8491 configuration instructions because it works better than the standard 8492 version. 8493 8494 It is a good idea not to accept the versions of CVS, RCS or diff you 8495 find lying on your system unless you have checked out their 8496 provenance. Using inconsistent collections of tools can cause you more 8497 trouble than you can probably afford. 8498 8499 The FTP archive mentioned above should contain the latest official 8500 release of CVS, some official and unofficial patches and possibly 8501 complete patched versions of CVS in use somewhere. 8502 8503 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8504 8505 5. Is there a mailing list devoted to CVS? How do I find it? 8506 8507 An Internet mailing list named "info-cvs" grew out of the private 8508 mailing list used by the CVS 1.3 alpha testers in early 1992. 8509 Throughout 1994, the list received an average of 100 messages per 8510 month. 8511 8512 You can add yourself to the mailing list by sending an Email message 8513 to: 8514 8515 info-cvs-request@prep.ai.mit.edu 8516 8517 (Don't forget the "-request" or you'll send a message to the whole 8518 list, some of whom are capable of remote execution.) 8519 8520 Mail to the whole list should be sent to: 8521 8522 info-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu 8523 8524 An archive of the mailing list is maintained in the FTP archive 8525 mentioned above. 8526 8527 Last modified: _6/13/1997_ 8528 8529 6. What happened to the CVS Usenet newsgroup I heard about? 8530 8531 8532 A Usenet newsgroup named "gnu.cvs.info" was announced in April 8533 1993, with an expected creation date of August, 1993. However, 8534 nothing came of this. 8535 8536 If you want to discuss CVS on usenet, the correct group is 8537 comp.software.config-mgmt (which also covers other configuration 8538 management systems). Someday it might be possible to create a 8539 comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs, but only if there is sufficient 8540 CVS traffic on comp.software.config-mgmt. 8541 8542 kingdon@cyclic.com 8543 8544 Last modified: _9/6/1997_ 8545 _________________________________________________________________ 8546 8547 [Add an answer to this category] 8548 8549 [Category /] 8550 _________________________________________________________________ 8551 8552 _Search the FAQ-O-Matic:_ ____________________ Search 8553 [matching all words] 8554 Or look for questions modified in the last: [7.] Days 8555 _________________________________________________________________ 8556 8557 The FAQ-O-Matic lives at http://gille.loria.fr:7000/cgi-bin/faqomatic. 8558 The code was written by Jon Howell, and the content by folks from all 8559 over the web. 8560 _________________________________________________________________ 8561